target: Remove read_memory_imp
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * Flash Programming:: Flash Programming
76 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
77 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
78 * General Commands:: General Commands
79 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
80 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
81 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
82 * TFTP:: TFTP
83 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
84 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
85 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
86 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
87 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
88
89 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
90 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
91 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
92 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
93 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
94 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
95 @end menu
96
97 @node About
98 @unnumbered About
99 @cindex about
100
101 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
102 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
103 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
104 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
105 around the world.
106
107 @section What is OpenOCD?
108 @cindex TAP
109 @cindex JTAG
110
111 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
112 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
113 devices.
114
115 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
116 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
117 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
118 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
119 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
120 needed to hook up to the target.
121
122 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
123 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
124 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
125 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
126 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
127
128 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
129 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
130 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
131 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
132 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
133
134 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
135 signaling, and is used to communicate
136 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
137 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
138 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
139 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
140 scan operations.
141
142 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
143 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
144 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
145 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
146
147 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
148 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
149 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
150 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
151
152
153 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
154 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
155 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
156
157 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
158 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
159 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3, ST STM32 and Energy Micro EFM32) based cores to be
160 debugged via the GDB protocol.
161
162 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
163 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
164 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3,
165 STM32x and EFM32). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
166 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
167
168 @section OpenOCD Web Site
169
170 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
171
172 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
173
174 @section Latest User's Guide:
175
176 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
177 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
178 Its HTML form is published regularly at:
179
180 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
181
182 PDF form is likewise published at:
183
184 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
185
186 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
187
188 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
189 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
190 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
191 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
192 instead of this forum.
193
194 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
195
196 @section OpenOCD User's Mailing List
197
198 The OpenOCD User Mailing List provides the primary means of
199 communication between users:
200
201 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-user}
202
203 @section OpenOCD IRC
204
205 Support can also be found on irc:
206 @uref{irc://irc.freenode.net/openocd}
207
208 @node Developers
209 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
210 @cindex developers
211
212 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
213 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
214 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
215 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
216
217 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
218 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
219
220 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
221
222 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
223 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
224
225 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
226
227 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
228
229 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
230
231 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
232 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
233 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
234 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
235 needing a GIT client:
236
237 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
238
239 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
240
241 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
242 from the repository or a snapshot.
243
244 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
245 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
246 Patches created against older versions may require additional
247 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
248
249 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
250
251 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
252 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
253 technical information about the software internals, development
254 processes, and similar documentation:
255
256 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
257
258 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
259 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
260 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
261
262 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
263
264 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
265 communication between developers:
266
267 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
268
269 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
270 The @file{HACKING} file contains basic information about how
271 to prepare patches.
272
273 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
274
275 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
276 using Trac for its bug database:
277
278 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
279
280
281 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
282 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
283 @cindex dongles
284 @cindex FTDI
285 @cindex wiggler
286 @cindex zy1000
287 @cindex printer port
288 @cindex USB Adapter
289 @cindex RTCK
290
291 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
292 an adapter .... [snip]
293
294 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
295 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
296 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
297 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
298 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
299 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
300 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
301
302
303 @section Choosing a Dongle
304
305 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
306
307 @enumerate
308 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
309 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
310 other ways to communicate with target devices.
311 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
312 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
313 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
314 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
315 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
316 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
317 Ethernet port needed?
318 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
319 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
320 @end enumerate
321
322 @section Stand alone Systems
323
324 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/33-zylin-zy1000-jtag-probe} Technically, not a
325 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
326 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
327 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
328 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
329
330 @section USB FT2232 Based
331
332 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
333 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
334 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
335 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
336 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
337 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
338 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
339
340 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
341 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
342 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
343 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
344 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
345
346 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
347 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
348
349 @itemize @bullet
350 @item @b{usbjtag}
351 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
352 @item @b{jtagkey}
353 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
354 @item @b{jtagkey2}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
356 @item @b{oocdlink}
357 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
358 @item @b{signalyzer}
359 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
360 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
361 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
362 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
363 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
364 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
365 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
366 @item @b{TI/Luminary ICDI}
367 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - TI/Luminary In-Circuit Debug
368 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
369 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
370 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
371 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
372 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
373 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
374 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
375 @item @b{turtelizer2}
376 @* See:
377 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
378 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
379 @item @b{comstick}
380 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
381 @item @b{stm32stick}
382 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
383 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
384 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
385 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
386 @item @b{cortino}
387 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
388 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
389 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
390 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
391 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
392 @item @b{opendous}
393 @* Link @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous/wiki/JTAG} FT2232H-based
394 (OpenHardware).
395 @end itemize
396
397 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
398
399 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
400 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
401 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
402 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
403 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
404
405 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
406 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
407 (see the section on driver commands).
408
409 @itemize
410 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
411 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
412 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
413 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
414 @end itemize
415
416 @section USB JLINK based
417 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
418 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
419 AT91SAM764 internally.
420
421 @itemize @bullet
422 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
423 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
424 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
425 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
426 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
427 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
428 @end itemize
429
430 @section USB RLINK based
431 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
432
433 @itemize @bullet
434 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
435 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
436 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
437 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
438 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
439 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
440 @end itemize
441
442 @section USB ST-LINK based
443 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
444 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
445
446 @itemize @bullet
447 @item @b{ST-LINK}
448 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
449 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
450 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
451 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
452 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
453 @end itemize
454
455 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class, however
456 it's implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under linux.
457 The simplest solution is to get linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
458 @itemize @bullet
459 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
460 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
461 @end itemize
462
463 @section USB TI/Stellaris ICDI based
464 Texas Instruments has an adapter called @b{ICDI}.
465 It is not to be confused with the FTDI based adapters that were originally fitted to their
466 evaluation boards. This is the adapter fitted to the Stellaris LaunchPad.
467
468 @section USB Other
469 @itemize @bullet
470 @item @b{USBprog}
471 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
472
473 @item @b{USB - Presto}
474 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
475
476 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
477 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
478
479 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
480 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
481
482 @item @b{Buspirate}
483 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
484
485 @item @b{opendous}
486 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/} - which uses an AT90USB162
487
488 @item @b{estick}
489 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
490
491 @item @b{Keil ULINK v1}
492 @* Link: @url{http://www.keil.com/ulink1/}
493 @end itemize
494
495 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
496
497 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
498 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
499 these on the market.
500
501 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
502 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
503 of USB-based ones.
504
505 @itemize @bullet
506
507 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
508 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
509
510 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
511 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
512 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
513
514 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
515 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
516
517 @item @b{GW16402}
518 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
519
520 @item @b{Wiggler2}
521 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
522
523 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
524 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
525
526 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
527 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
528
529 @item @b{arm-jtag}
530 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
531
532 @item @b{chameleon}
533 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
534
535 @item @b{Triton}
536 @* Unknown.
537
538 @item @b{Lattice}
539 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
540 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
541
542 @item @b{flashlink}
543 @* From ST Microsystems;
544 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
545
546 @end itemize
547
548 @section Other...
549 @itemize @bullet
550
551 @item @b{ep93xx}
552 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
553
554 @item @b{at91rm9200}
555 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
556
557 @end itemize
558
559 @node About Jim-Tcl
560 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
561 @cindex Jim-Tcl
562 @cindex tcl
563
564 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
565 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
566 command interpreter.
567
568 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
569 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
570 much of anything about Tcl.
571 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
572
573 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
574 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
575 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
576 OpenOCD mailing list.
577
578 @itemize @bullet
579 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
580 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
581 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
582 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
583 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
584 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
585
586 @item @b{Missing Features}
587 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
588 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
589 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
590 enabled in OpenOCD.
591
592 @item @b{Scripts}
593 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
594 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
595 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
596
597 @item @b{Commands}
598 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
599 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
600 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
601 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
602
603 @item @b{Historical Note}
604 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
605 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
606 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
607 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
608
609 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
610 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
611 @end itemize
612
613 @node Running
614 @chapter Running
615 @cindex command line options
616 @cindex logfile
617 @cindex directory search
618
619 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
620 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
621 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
622 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
623 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
624
625 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
626 tell it how each debug session should work.
627 The @option{--help} option shows:
628 @verbatim
629 bash$ openocd --help
630
631 --help | -h display this help
632 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
633 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
634 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
635 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
636 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
637 --command | -c run <command>
638 @end verbatim
639
640 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
641 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
642 To specify one or more different
643 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
644
645 @example
646 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
647 @end example
648
649 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
650 @enumerate
651 @item the current directory,
652 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
653 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
654 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
655 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
656 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
657 @end enumerate
658 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
659
660 @quotation Note
661 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
662 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
663 @end quotation
664
665 @section Simple setup, no customization
666
667 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
668 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
669 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
670 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
671 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
672
673 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
674 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
675 the server like:
676
677 @example
678 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
679 @end example
680
681 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
682 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
683 If all goes well you'll see output something like
684
685 @example
686 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
687 For bug reports, read
688 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
689 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
690 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
691 @end example
692
693 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
694 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
695 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
696
697 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
698
699 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
700 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
701 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
702 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
703 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
704 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
705 ensure that this always succeeds.
706 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
707 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
708 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
709 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
710
711 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
712 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
713 those channels.
714
715 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
716 the @option{-d} option.
717
718 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
719 @option{-c} command line switch.
720
721 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
722 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
723 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
724 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
725 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
726 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
727 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
728
729 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
730 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
731
732 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
733 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
734 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
735 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
736
737 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
738 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
739
740 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
741 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
742 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
743 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
744 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
745 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
746 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
747
748 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
749
750 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
751 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
752 and a USB cable on the other.
753 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
754 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
755
756 @enumerate
757 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
758 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
759 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
760 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
761 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
762 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
763 debugging host.
764
765 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
766 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
767 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
768 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
769 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
770
771 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
772 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
773 with 1.2 Volt boards.
774
775 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
776 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
777 ways to connect the cable.
778 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
779 Be sure it's firmly connected.
780
781 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
782 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
783 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
784 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
785 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
786 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
787 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
788 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
789
790 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
791 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
792 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
793 but are tedious to set up.
794 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
795 adapter signals to the right board pins.
796
797 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
798 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
799 you are using to run OpenOCD.
800 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
801
802 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
803 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
804 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
805
806 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
807 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
808 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
809
810 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
811 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
812 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
813 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
814
815 @end enumerate
816
817 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
818 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
819 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
820
821 @section Project Directory
822
823 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
824
825 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
826 single directory for your work with a given board.
827 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
828 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
829 files accessed through semihosting,
830 and for code you upload to the target board.
831 It is also the natural place to write files,
832 such as log files and data you download from the board.
833
834 @section Configuration Basics
835
836 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
837 a variety of ways you can mix them.
838 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
839
840 @itemize
841 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
842 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
843 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
844 @end itemize
845
846 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
847 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
848 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
849
850 @example
851 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
852
853 # GDB can also flash my flash!
854 gdb_memory_map enable
855 gdb_flash_program enable
856
857 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
858 @end example
859
860 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
861
862 @example
863 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
864 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
865 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
866 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
867 @end example
868
869 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
870 each supporting a different development task.
871 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
872 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
873
874 @quotation Important
875 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
876 problems with how it treats variables.
877 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
878 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
879 that can be tested in a later script.
880 @end quotation
881
882 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
883 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
884 to simplify your work.
885
886 @section User Config Files
887 @cindex config file, user
888 @cindex user config file
889 @cindex config file, overview
890
891 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
892 in one place.
893 One of the following will match your situation best:
894
895 @itemize
896 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
897 provided by someone else.
898 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
899 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
900 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
901 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
902 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
903 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
904
905 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
906 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
907
908 @enumerate
909 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
910 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
911 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
912 @end enumerate
913
914 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
915 The first is an interface config file.
916 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
917 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
918 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
919 meet your deadline:
920
921 @example
922 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
923 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
924 @end example
925
926 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
927 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
928 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
929 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
930
931 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
932 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
933 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
934 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
935 target and board
936 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
937 @xref{Autoprobing}.
938
939 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
940 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
941 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
942 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
943
944 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
945 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
946 giving access to your particular flash chips.
947 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
948 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
949
950 @quotation Note
951 When you write new configuration files, please submit
952 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
953 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
954 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
955 will help support users of any board using that chip.
956 @end quotation
957
958 @item
959 You may may need to write some C code.
960 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
961 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
962 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
963 a new chip architecture.
964 @end itemize
965
966 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
967 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
968 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
969
970 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
971 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
972 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
973 @itemize
974
975 @item
976 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
977 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
978 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
979 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
980
981 @item
982 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
983 @cindex vector_catch
984 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
985 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
986 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
987 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
988 along with messaging and tracing setup.
989 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
990
991 @item
992 You might need to override some defaults.
993 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
994 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
995
996 @item
997 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
998 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
999 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
1000 @end itemize
1001
1002 @section Project-Specific Utilities
1003
1004 A few project-specific utility
1005 routines may well speed up your work.
1006 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
1007
1008 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
1009 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
1010 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
1011 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
1012 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
1013 may help:
1014
1015 @example
1016 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
1017 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
1018 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
1019 # Leave the CPU halted.
1020 reset init
1021
1022 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1023 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1024
1025 # Start running.
1026 resume 0x20000000
1027 @}
1028 @end example
1029
1030 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1031 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1032 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1033 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1034 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1035
1036 @example
1037 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1038 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1039 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1040 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1041 reset init
1042
1043 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1044 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1045 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1046 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1047 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1048 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1049 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1050
1051 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1052 reset run
1053 @}
1054 @end example
1055
1056 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1057 from NAND.
1058 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1059 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1060 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1061
1062 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1063 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1064
1065 @section Target Software Changes
1066
1067 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1068 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1069 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1070 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1071 handling issues like:
1072
1073 @itemize @bullet
1074
1075 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1076 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1077 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1078 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1079 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1080 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1081 your debug sessions.
1082
1083 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1084 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1085 That might however be your only option.
1086
1087 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1088 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1089 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1090 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1091 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1092 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1093 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1094 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1095 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1096 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1097 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1098 instead of the whole thing.
1099 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1100 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1101
1102 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1103 @cindex ARM semihosting
1104 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1105 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1106 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1107 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1108 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1109 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1110 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1111 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1112 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1113 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1114 NAND or SPI flash.
1115
1116 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1117 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1118 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1119 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1120 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1121
1122 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1123 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1124 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1125 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1126 registers which can be used to change various features including
1127 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1128 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1129 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1130 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1131 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1132
1133 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1134 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1135 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1136 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1137 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1138
1139 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1140 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1141 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1142 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1143 early code execution can be debugged
1144 or firmware can be replaced.
1145
1146 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1147 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1148 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1149 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1150 operations like writing to memory.)
1151
1152 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1153 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1154 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1155 various kinds of message.
1156 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1157
1158 @end itemize
1159
1160 @section Target Hardware Setup
1161
1162 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1163 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1164 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1165 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1166 working with.}
1167
1168 Common issues include:
1169
1170 @itemize @bullet
1171
1172 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1173 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1174 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1175 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1176 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1177 or one from a daughtercard).
1178 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1179 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1180
1181 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1182 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1183 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1184 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1185 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1186 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1187
1188 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1189 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1190 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1191 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1192 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1193
1194
1195 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1196 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1197 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1198 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1199 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1200 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1201 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1202
1203 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1204 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1205 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1206 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1207 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1208
1209 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1210 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1211 used to start booting.
1212
1213 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1214 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1215 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1216 multiple audio codec chips).
1217 This interacts with software
1218 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1219 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1220 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1221 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1222 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1223 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1224 audio or video codecs are used.
1225
1226 @end itemize
1227
1228 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1229 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1230 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1231 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1232 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1233 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1234 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1235 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1236 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1237 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1238
1239
1240 @node Config File Guidelines
1241 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1242
1243 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1244 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1245 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1246 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1247
1248 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1249 with files including the ones listed here.
1250 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1251 @itemize @bullet
1252 @item @file{interface} ...
1253 These are for debug adapters.
1254 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1255 @example
1256 $ ls interface
1257 altera-usb-blaster.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg openrd.cfg
1258 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg osbdm.cfg
1259 arm-usb-ocd.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg parport.cfg
1260 at91rm9200.cfg icebear.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1261 axm0432.cfg jlink.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1262 busblaster.cfg jtagkey2.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1263 buspirate.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg rlink.cfg
1264 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1265 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1266 calao-usb-a9260.cfg kt-link.cfg signalyzer-h2.cfg
1267 chameleon.cfg lisa-l.cfg signalyzer-h4.cfg
1268 cortino.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1269 digilent-hs1.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stlink-v1.cfg
1270 dlp-usb1232h.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg stlink-v2.cfg
1271 dummy.cfg minimodule.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1272 estick.cfg neodb.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1273 flashlink.cfg ngxtech.cfg ulink.cfg
1274 flossjtag.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usb-jtag.cfg
1275 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg usbprog.cfg
1276 flyswatter2.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1277 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1278 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg oocdlink.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1279 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg opendous.cfg
1280 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1281 $
1282 @end example
1283 @item @file{board} ...
1284 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1285 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1286 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1287 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1288 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1289 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1290 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1291 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1292 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1293 a CPU and an FPGA.
1294 @example
1295 $ ls board
1296 actux3.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1297 am3517evm.cfg lubbock.cfg
1298 arm_evaluator7t.cfg mcb1700.cfg
1299 at91cap7a-stk-sdram.cfg microchip_explorer16.cfg
1300 at91eb40a.cfg mini2440.cfg
1301 at91rm9200-dk.cfg mini6410.cfg
1302 at91rm9200-ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1303 at91sam9261-ek.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1304 at91sam9263-ek.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1305 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1306 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1307 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h107.cfg
1308 atmel_at91sam9rl-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_p107.cfg
1309 atmel_sam3n_ek.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1310 atmel_sam3s_ek.cfg open-bldc.cfg
1311 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg openrd.cfg
1312 atmel_sam3x_ek.cfg osk5912.cfg
1313 atmel_sam4s_ek.cfg phytec_lpc3250.cfg
1314 balloon3-cpu.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1315 colibri.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1316 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1317 csb337.cfg redbee.cfg
1318 csb732.cfg rsc-w910.cfg
1319 da850evm.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1320 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1321 diolan_lpc4350-db1.cfg spear300evb.cfg
1322 dm355evm.cfg spear300evb_mod.cfg
1323 dm365evm.cfg spear310evb20.cfg
1324 dm6446evm.cfg spear310evb20_mod.cfg
1325 efikamx.cfg spear320cpu.cfg
1326 eir.cfg spear320cpu_mod.cfg
1327 ek-lm3s1968.cfg steval_pcc010.cfg
1328 ek-lm3s3748.cfg stm320518_eval_stlink.cfg
1329 ek-lm3s6965.cfg stm32100b_eval.cfg
1330 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210b_eval.cfg
1331 ek-lm3s811-revb.cfg stm3210c_eval.cfg
1332 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1333 ek-lm4f232.cfg stm3220g_eval.cfg
1334 embedded-artists_lpc2478-32.cfg stm3220g_eval_stlink.cfg
1335 ethernut3.cfg stm3241g_eval.cfg
1336 glyn_tonga2.cfg stm3241g_eval_stlink.cfg
1337 hammer.cfg stm32f0discovery.cfg
1338 hilscher_nxdb500sys.cfg stm32f4discovery.cfg
1339 hilscher_nxeb500hmi.cfg stm32ldiscovery.cfg
1340 hilscher_nxhx10.cfg stm32vldiscovery.cfg
1341 hilscher_nxhx500.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1342 hilscher_nxhx50.cfg telo.cfg
1343 hilscher_nxsb100.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1344 hitex_lpc2929.cfg ti_beagleboard_xm.cfg
1345 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beaglebone.cfg
1346 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg ti_blaze.cfg
1347 iar_lpc1768.cfg ti_pandaboard.cfg
1348 iar_str912_sk.cfg ti_pandaboard_es.cfg
1349 icnova_imx53_sodimm.cfg topas910.cfg
1350 icnova_sam9g45_sodimm.cfg topasa900.cfg
1351 imx27ads.cfg twr-k60n512.cfg
1352 imx27lnst.cfg tx25_stk5.cfg
1353 imx28evk.cfg tx27_stk5.cfg
1354 imx31pdk.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1355 imx35pdk.cfg uptech_2410.cfg
1356 imx53loco.cfg verdex.cfg
1357 keil_mcb1700.cfg voipac.cfg
1358 keil_mcb2140.cfg voltcraft_dso-3062c.cfg
1359 kwikstik.cfg x300t.cfg
1360 linksys_nslu2.cfg zy1000.cfg
1361 lisa-l.cfg
1362 $
1363 @end example
1364 @item @file{target} ...
1365 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1366 on a chip
1367 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1368 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1369 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1370 the target config file defines all of them.
1371 @example
1372 $ ls target
1373 $duc702x.cfg ixp42x.cfg
1374 am335x.cfg k40.cfg
1375 amdm37x.cfg k60.cfg
1376 ar71xx.cfg lpc1768.cfg
1377 at32ap7000.cfg lpc2103.cfg
1378 at91r40008.cfg lpc2124.cfg
1379 at91rm9200.cfg lpc2129.cfg
1380 at91sam3ax_4x.cfg lpc2148.cfg
1381 at91sam3ax_8x.cfg lpc2294.cfg
1382 at91sam3ax_xx.cfg lpc2378.cfg
1383 at91sam3nXX.cfg lpc2460.cfg
1384 at91sam3sXX.cfg lpc2478.cfg
1385 at91sam3u1c.cfg lpc2900.cfg
1386 at91sam3u1e.cfg lpc2xxx.cfg
1387 at91sam3u2c.cfg lpc3131.cfg
1388 at91sam3u2e.cfg lpc3250.cfg
1389 at91sam3u4c.cfg lpc4350.cfg
1390 at91sam3u4e.cfg mc13224v.cfg
1391 at91sam3uxx.cfg nuc910.cfg
1392 at91sam3XXX.cfg omap2420.cfg
1393 at91sam4sXX.cfg omap3530.cfg
1394 at91sam4XXX.cfg omap4430.cfg
1395 at91sam7se512.cfg omap4460.cfg
1396 at91sam7sx.cfg omap5912.cfg
1397 at91sam7x256.cfg omapl138.cfg
1398 at91sam7x512.cfg pic32mx.cfg
1399 at91sam9260.cfg pxa255.cfg
1400 at91sam9260_ext_RAM_ext_flash.cfg pxa270.cfg
1401 at91sam9261.cfg pxa3xx.cfg
1402 at91sam9263.cfg readme.txt
1403 at91sam9.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1404 at91sam9g10.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1405 at91sam9g20.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1406 at91sam9g45.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1407 at91sam9rl.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1408 atmega128.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1409 avr32.cfg smp8634.cfg
1410 c100.cfg spear3xx.cfg
1411 c100config.tcl stellaris.cfg
1412 c100helper.tcl stm32.cfg
1413 c100regs.tcl stm32f0x_stlink.cfg
1414 cs351x.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1415 davinci.cfg stm32f1x_stlink.cfg
1416 dragonite.cfg stm32f2x.cfg
1417 dsp56321.cfg stm32f2x_stlink.cfg
1418 dsp568013.cfg stm32f2xxx.cfg
1419 dsp568037.cfg stm32f4x.cfg
1420 epc9301.cfg stm32f4x_stlink.cfg
1421 faux.cfg stm32l.cfg
1422 feroceon.cfg stm32lx_stlink.cfg
1423 fm3.cfg stm32_stlink.cfg
1424 hilscher_netx10.cfg stm32xl.cfg
1425 hilscher_netx500.cfg str710.cfg
1426 hilscher_netx50.cfg str730.cfg
1427 icepick.cfg str750.cfg
1428 imx21.cfg str912.cfg
1429 imx25.cfg swj-dp.tcl
1430 imx27.cfg test_reset_syntax_error.cfg
1431 imx28.cfg test_syntax_error.cfg
1432 imx31.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1433 imx35.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1434 imx51.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1435 imx53.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1436 imx.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1437 is5114.cfg u8500.cfg
1438 @end example
1439 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1440 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1441 @end itemize
1442
1443 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1444 file may override features in any of the above files by
1445 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1446 commands specific to their situation.
1447
1448 @section Interface Config Files
1449
1450 The user config file
1451 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1452
1453 @example
1454 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1455 @end example
1456
1457 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1458 in use today with OpenOCD.
1459 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1460 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1461
1462 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1463 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1464 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1465 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1466 and need to provide a driver for it.
1467
1468 @section Board Config Files
1469 @cindex config file, board
1470 @cindex board config file
1471
1472 The user config file
1473 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1474
1475 @example
1476 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1477 @end example
1478
1479 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1480 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1481 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1482
1483 @enumerate
1484 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1485 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1486 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1487 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1488 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1489 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1490 @end enumerate
1491
1492 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1493 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1494 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1495 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1496
1497 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1498 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1499 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1500 configuration works.
1501
1502 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1503
1504 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1505 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1506 convention on how to use certain variables.
1507
1508 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1509 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1510 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1511 used at will within a target configuration file.
1512
1513 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1514 for a board with three chips:
1515
1516 @example
1517 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1518 set CHIPNAME network
1519 set ENDIAN big
1520 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1521 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1522 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1523 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1524
1525 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1526 set CHIPNAME video
1527 set ENDIAN little
1528 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1529 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1530 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1531 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1532
1533 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1534 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1535 unset ENDIAN
1536 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1537 @end example
1538
1539 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1540 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1541 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1542 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1543 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1544 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1545 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1546 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1547
1548 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1549 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1550 naming collisions.
1551
1552 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1553 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1554 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1555 up other clocks and peripherals.
1556
1557 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1558 @cindex variable names
1559
1560 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1561 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1562 one such chip (as shown above).
1563 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1564 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1565 to promote consistency and
1566 so that board files can override target defaults.
1567
1568 Inputs to target config files include:
1569
1570 @itemize @bullet
1571 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1572 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1573 tap identifier dotted names.
1574 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1575 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1576 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1577 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1578 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1579 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1580 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1581 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1582 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1583 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1584 @end itemize
1585
1586 Outputs from target config files include:
1587
1588 @itemize @bullet
1589 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1590 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1591 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1592 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1593 specific to that board and that target.
1594 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1595 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1596 @end itemize
1597
1598 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1599 @cindex event, reset-init
1600 @cindex reset-init handler
1601
1602 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1603 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1604 fully set up yet.
1605 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1606 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1607 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1608 handler is one of the most important.
1609
1610 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1611 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1612 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1613 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1614 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1615
1616 @quotation Note
1617 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1618 are included here.
1619 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1620 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1621 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1622 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1623 @end quotation
1624
1625 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1626 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1627 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1628 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1629 those as parameters.
1630 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1631 and disabling the watchdog.
1632 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1633 the next developer doing such work.
1634 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1635
1636 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1637 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1638 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1639 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1640
1641 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1642
1643 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1644 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1645 a low JTAG clock rate.
1646 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1647 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1648 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1649 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1650 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1651 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1652 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1653
1654 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1655 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1656 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1657 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1658 which might be less than that.
1659
1660 @quotation Warning
1661 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1662 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1663 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1664 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1665 @end quotation
1666
1667 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1668 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1669 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1670 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1671 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1672 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1673
1674 @anchor{The init_board procedure}
1675 @subsection The init_board procedure
1676 @cindex init_board procedure
1677
1678 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets} (@xref{The init_targets procedure}.)
1679 - it's a replacement of ``linear'' configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run
1680 stage (@xref{Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have spearate @code{init_targets} and
1681 @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure everything target specific (internal flash,
1682 internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency,
1683 reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.). Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when
1684 target config file uses @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and
1685 @code{init_targets} - after), so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to
1686 overcome this problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1687 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to to add some specifics.
1688
1689 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1690 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1691
1692 @example
1693 ### board_file.cfg ###
1694
1695 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1696 source [find target/target.cfg]
1697
1698 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1699 # enables fast on-board clock source
1700 # configures the chip to use it
1701 @}
1702
1703 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1704 proc init_board @{@} @{
1705 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1706
1707 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1708 adapter_khz 1
1709 enable_fast_clock
1710 adapter_khz 10000
1711 @}
1712 @}
1713 @end example
1714
1715 @section Target Config Files
1716 @cindex config file, target
1717 @cindex target config file
1718
1719 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1720 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1721 more target config files like this:
1722
1723 @example
1724 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1725 @end example
1726
1727 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1728 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1729 In summary the target files should contain
1730
1731 @enumerate
1732 @item Set defaults
1733 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1734 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1735 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1736 @item On-Chip flash
1737 @end enumerate
1738
1739 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1740 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1741 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1742
1743 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1744 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1745 can talk to the chip.
1746 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1747 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1748 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1749 and other processing engines.
1750
1751 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1752
1753 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1754 letting board config files express environment-specific
1755 differences in how things should be set up.
1756
1757 @example
1758 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1759 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1760 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1761 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1762 @} else @{
1763 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1764 @}
1765
1766 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1767 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1768 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1769 @} else @{
1770 set _ENDIAN little
1771 @}
1772
1773 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1774 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1775 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1776 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1777 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1778 @} else @{
1779 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1780 @}
1781 @end example
1782 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1783
1784 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1785 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1786 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1787
1788 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1789 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1790 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1791
1792 @example
1793 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1794 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1795 @end example
1796
1797 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1798 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1799 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1800 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1801 for taps.
1802
1803 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1804 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1805 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1806 looks (in part) like this:
1807
1808 @example
1809 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1810 @end example
1811
1812 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1813 to source such a config file twice, with different
1814 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1815 it adds a different TAP each time.
1816
1817 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1818 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1819 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1820 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1821
1822 @example
1823 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1824 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1825 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1826 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1827 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1828 @end example
1829
1830 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1831 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1832
1833 @itemize
1834 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1835 plus a JRC to enable them
1836 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1837 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1838 is not currently used)
1839 @end itemize
1840
1841 @subsection Add CPU targets
1842
1843 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1844 GDB and other commands can use it.
1845 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1846 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1847 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1848 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1849
1850 @example
1851 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1852 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1853 @end example
1854
1855 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1856 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1857 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1858 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1859 a work area if you can.
1860 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1861
1862 @example
1863 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1864 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1865 @end example
1866
1867 @anchor{Define CPU targets working in SMP}
1868 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1869 @cindex SMP
1870 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1871
1872 @example
1873 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1874 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1875 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1876 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1877 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1878 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1879 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1880 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1881 @end example
1882 In the above example on cortex_a8, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1883 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1884 @itemize @bullet
1885 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1886 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1887 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1888 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1889 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1890 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{Using openocd SMP with GDB}.
1891 @end itemize
1892
1893 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a8 following
1894 command have been implemented.
1895 @itemize @bullet
1896 @item cortex_a8 smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1897 @item cortex_a8 smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1898 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1899 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1900 @item cortex_a8 smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1901 following example.
1902 @end itemize
1903
1904 @example
1905 >cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1906 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1907 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1908 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1909 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb 1
1910 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1911 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1912 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1913 > resume
1914 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1915 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1916 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1917 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1918 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb -1
1919 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1920 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1921 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1922 @end example
1923
1924
1925 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1926
1927 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1928 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1929 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1930
1931 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1932 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1933 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1934 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1935 both signals.
1936
1937 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1938 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1939 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1940 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1941 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1942 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1943 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1944 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1945 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1946 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1947 not available.)
1948
1949 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1950 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1951 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1952 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1953 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1954 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1955 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1956 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1957
1958 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1959 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1960 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1961 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1962 slower clock than they will use later.
1963 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1964 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1965 than they will use later.
1966 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1967
1968 @quotation Important
1969 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1970 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1971 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1972 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1973 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1974 @end quotation
1975
1976 @anchor{The init_targets procedure}
1977 @subsection The init_targets procedure
1978 @cindex init_targets procedure
1979
1980 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in configuration stage,
1981 @xref{Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed
1982 when entering run stage (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{Entering the Run Stage}.)
1983 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original). This concept faciliates code
1984 reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which
1985 can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with
1986 ``linear'' config scripts, because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
1987
1988 @example
1989 ### generic_file.cfg ###
1990
1991 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
1992 # basic initialization procedure ...
1993 @}
1994
1995 proc init_targets @{@} @{
1996 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
1997 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
1998 @}
1999
2000 ### specific_file.cfg ###
2001
2002 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
2003
2004 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2005 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
2006 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
2007 @}
2008 @end example
2009
2010 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to enclose every line of ``code''
2011 (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
2012
2013 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
2014
2015 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files (@xref{The init_board procedure}.)
2016
2017 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2018
2019 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
2020 special high speed download features - enable it.
2021
2022 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2023
2024 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
2025 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
2026 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
2027 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2028 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
2029 If you are using an external trace port,
2030 configure it in your board config file.
2031 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
2032 configure it in your target config file.
2033
2034 @example
2035 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
2036 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
2037 @end example
2038
2039 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
2040
2041 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
2042
2043 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2044 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
2045 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2046 the TARGET (chip) file.
2047
2048 Examples:
2049 @itemize @bullet
2050 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
2051 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
2052 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
2053 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
2054 @end itemize
2055
2056 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
2057 @section Translating Configuration Files
2058 @cindex translation
2059 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
2060 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
2061 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
2062 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
2063 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
2064 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
2065
2066 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
2067 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
2068 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
2069 convert other scripts later on.
2070
2071 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
2072 replace job:
2073
2074 @example
2075 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
2076 #
2077 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
2078 #
2079 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
2080 #
2081 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
2082
2083 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
2084 global TARGETNAME
2085
2086 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
2087
2088 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
2089 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
2090 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
2091 @}
2092 @end example
2093
2094
2095
2096 @node Daemon Configuration
2097 @chapter Daemon Configuration
2098 @cindex initialization
2099 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2100 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
2101 supported.
2102
2103 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
2104 @section Configuration Stage
2105 @cindex configuration stage
2106 @cindex config command
2107
2108 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
2109 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
2110 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
2111 Normally, configuration commands are only available
2112 inside startup scripts.
2113
2114 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2115 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2116 which may be issued interactively.
2117 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2118 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2119
2120 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2121 flash banks,
2122 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2123 and other basic setup.
2124 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2125 may access or activate TAPs.
2126 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2127 longer be issued.
2128
2129 @anchor{Entering the Run Stage}
2130 @section Entering the Run Stage
2131
2132 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2133 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2134 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2135 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2136 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2137 You should see no errors at this point.
2138 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2139 commands you used to configure the server.
2140 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2141 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2142 on the scan chain.
2143
2144 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2145 become available.
2146 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2147 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2148 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2149 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2150 entry to the run stage.
2151
2152 @deffn {Config Command} init
2153 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2154 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2155 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2156 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2157 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2158 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2159
2160 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2161 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2162 configuration files and/or command line options.
2163
2164 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2165 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2166 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2167 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2168 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2169 @end deffn
2170
2171 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2172 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2173 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2174
2175 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2176 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2177 scan chain.
2178 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2179 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2180
2181 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2182 they return.
2183 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2184 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2185 @end deffn
2186
2187 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
2188 @section TCP/IP Ports
2189 @cindex TCP port
2190 @cindex server
2191 @cindex port
2192 @cindex security
2193 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2194 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2195 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2196
2197 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2198 access using one or more of these ports.
2199 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2200 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2201 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2202
2203 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2204 @cindex GDB server
2205 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2206 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2207 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2208 the normal use cases.
2209
2210 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2211 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2212 disables the gdb server.
2213
2214 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2215 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2216
2217 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2218 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2219
2220 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2221 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2222 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2223
2224 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2225 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2226 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2227 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2228 @end deffn
2229
2230 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2231 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2232 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2233 output from the Tcl engine.
2234 Intended as a machine interface.
2235 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2236 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2237
2238 @end deffn
2239
2240 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2241 Specify or query the
2242 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2243 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2244 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2245 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2246 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2247 @end deffn
2248
2249 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
2250 @section GDB Configuration
2251 @cindex GDB
2252 @cindex GDB configuration
2253 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2254 The ones listed here are static and global.
2255 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2256 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2257
2258 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
2259 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2260 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2261 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2262 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2263 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2264 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2265 @end deffn
2266
2267 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
2268 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2269 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2270 vFlash packet is received.
2271 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2272 @end deffn
2273
2274 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2275 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2276 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2277 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2278 for flash programming to work.
2279 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2280 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
2281 @end deffn
2282
2283 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2284 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2285 by GDB memory read packets.
2286 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2287 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2288 @end deffn
2289
2290 @anchor{Event Polling}
2291 @section Event Polling
2292
2293 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2294 where significant events can happen at any time.
2295 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2296 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2297 or to GDB.
2298
2299 Examples of such events include:
2300
2301 @itemize
2302 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2303 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2304 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2305 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2306 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2307 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2308 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2309 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2310 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2311 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2312 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2313 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2314 @end itemize
2315
2316 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2317 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2318 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2319 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2320 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2321
2322 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2323 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2324 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2325 to the various active targets.
2326 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2327 which is normally done in the background.
2328
2329 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2330 Poll the current target for its current state.
2331 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2332 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2333 specific information about the current state is printed.
2334 An optional parameter
2335 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2336
2337 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2338 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2339 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2340 @example
2341 > poll
2342 background polling: on
2343 target state: halted
2344 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2345 current mode: Supervisor
2346 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2347 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2348 >
2349 @end example
2350 @end deffn
2351
2352 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2353 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2354 @cindex config file, interface
2355 @cindex interface config file
2356
2357 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2358 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2359 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2360
2361 @quotation Note
2362 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2363 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2364 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2365 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2366 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2367 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2368 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2369 @end quotation
2370
2371 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2372 through commands in an interface configuration
2373 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2374 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2375
2376 @example
2377 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2378 @end example
2379
2380 These commands tell
2381 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2382 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2383
2384 @example
2385 # jlink interface
2386 interface jlink
2387 @end example
2388
2389 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2390
2391
2392 @section Interface Configuration
2393
2394 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2395 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2396 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2397
2398 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2399 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2400 target.
2401 @end deffn
2402
2403 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2404 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2405 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2406 @end deffn
2407 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2408 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2409 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2410 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2411 the hardware can support.
2412 @end deffn
2413
2414
2415
2416 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2417 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2418 @end deffn
2419
2420 @section Interface Drivers
2421
2422 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2423 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2424 available at run time.
2425
2426 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2427 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2428 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2429 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2430
2431 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2432 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2433 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2434 @end deffn
2435
2436 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2437 Displays status of RTCK option.
2438 Optionally sets that option first.
2439 @end deffn
2440 @end deffn
2441
2442 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2443 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2444 This has one driver-specific command:
2445
2446 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2447 Logs some status
2448 @end deffn
2449 @end deffn
2450
2451 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2452 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2453 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2454 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2455 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2456 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2457 @end deffn
2458
2459 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2460 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2461 @end deffn
2462
2463 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2464 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2465 @end deffn
2466
2467 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2468 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2469
2470 Note that this driver has several flaws and the @command{ftdi} driver is
2471 recommended as its replacement.
2472
2473 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2474 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2475
2476 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2477 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2478 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2479 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2480 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2481 @end deffn
2482
2483 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2484 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2485 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2486 is connected to the host.
2487 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2488 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2489 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2490 @end deffn
2491
2492 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2493 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2494 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2495 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2496 @itemize @minus
2497 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2498 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2499 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2500 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} TI/Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2501 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2502 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2503 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2504 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2505 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most TI/Luminary
2506 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2507 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2508 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2509 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2510 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2511 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2512 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2513 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2514 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2515 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2516 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2517 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2518 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2519 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2520 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2521 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2522 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2523 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2524 @end itemize
2525 @end deffn
2526
2527 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2528 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2529 default values are used.
2530 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2531 @example
2532 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2533 @end example
2534 @end deffn
2535
2536 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2537 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2538 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2539 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2540 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2541 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2542 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2543 @end deffn
2544
2545 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_channel} channel
2546 Used to select the channel of the ft2232 chip to use (between 1 and 4).
2547 The default value is 1.
2548 @end deffn
2549
2550 For example, the interface config file for a
2551 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2552
2553 @example
2554 interface ft2232
2555 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2556 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2557 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2558 @end example
2559 @end deffn
2560
2561 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ftdi}
2562 This driver is for adapters using the MPSSE (Multi-Protocol Synchronous Serial
2563 Engine) mode built into many FTDI chips, such as the FT2232, FT4232 and FT232H.
2564 It is a complete rewrite to address a large number of problems with the ft2232
2565 interface driver.
2566
2567 The driver is using libusb-1.0 in asynchronous mode to talk to the FTDI device,
2568 bypassing intermediate libraries like libftdi of D2XX. Performance-wise it is
2569 consistently faster than the ft2232 driver, sometimes several times faster.
2570
2571 A major improvement of this driver is that support for new FTDI based adapters
2572 can be added competely through configuration files, without the need to patch
2573 and rebuild OpenOCD.
2574
2575 The driver uses a signal abstraction to enable Tcl configuration files to
2576 define outputs for one or several FTDI GPIO. These outputs can then be
2577 controlled using the @command{ftdi_set_signal} command. Special signal names
2578 are reserved for nTRST, nSRST and LED (for blink) so that they, if defined,
2579 will be used for their customary purpose.
2580
2581 Depending on the type of buffer attached to the FTDI GPIO, the outputs have to
2582 be controlled differently. In order to support tristateable signals such as
2583 nSRST, both a data GPIO and an output-enable GPIO can be specified for each
2584 signal. The following output buffer configurations are supported:
2585
2586 @itemize @minus
2587 @item Push-pull with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line
2588 @item Open drain with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2589 @item Tristate with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line and another
2590 FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2591 @item Unbuffered, using the FTDI GPIO as a tristate output directly by
2592 switching data and direction as necessary
2593 @end itemize
2594
2595 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2596 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2597
2598 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2599 The vendor ID and product ID of the adapter. If not specified, the FTDI
2600 default values are used.
2601 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2602 @example
2603 ftdi_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2604 @end example
2605 @end deffn
2606
2607 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_device_desc} description
2608 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2609 of the adapter. If not specified, the device description is ignored
2610 during device selection.
2611 @end deffn
2612
2613 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_serial} serial-number
2614 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the adapter to use,
2615 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one adapter
2616 is connected to the host.
2617 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2618 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2619 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2620 @end deffn
2621
2622 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_channel} channel
2623 Selects the channel of the FTDI device to use for MPSSE operations. Most
2624 adapters use the default, channel 0, but there are exceptions.
2625 @end deffn
2626
2627 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_init} data direction
2628 Specifies the initial values of the FTDI GPIO data and direction registers.
2629 Each value is a 16-bit number corresponding to the concatenation of the high
2630 and low FTDI GPIO registers. The values should be selected based on the
2631 schematics of the adapter, such that all signals are set to safe levels with
2632 minimal impact on the target system. Avoid floating inputs, conflicting outputs
2633 and initially asserted reset signals.
2634 @end deffn
2635
2636 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_signal} name [@option{-data}|@option{-ndata} data_mask] [@option{-oe}|@option{-noe} oe_mask]
2637 Creates a signal with the specified @var{name}, controlled by one or more FTDI
2638 GPIO pins via a range of possible buffer connections. The masks are FTDI GPIO
2639 register bitmasks to tell the driver the connection and type of the output
2640 buffer driving the respective signal. @var{data_mask} is the bitmask for the
2641 pin(s) connected to the data input of the output buffer. @option{-ndata} is
2642 used with inverting data inputs and @option{-data} with non-inverting inputs.
2643 The @option{-oe} (or @option{-noe}) option tells where the output-enable (or
2644 not-output-enable) input to the output buffer is connected.
2645
2646 Both @var{data_mask} and @var{oe_mask} need not be specified. For example, a
2647 simple open-collector transistor driver would be specified with @option{-oe}
2648 only. In that case the signal can only be set to drive low or to Hi-Z and the
2649 driver will complain if the signal is set to drive high. Which means that if
2650 it's a reset signal, @command{reset_config} must be specified as
2651 @option{srst_open_drain}, not @option{srst_push_pull}.
2652
2653 A special case is provided when @option{-data} and @option{-oe} is set to the
2654 same bitmask. Then the FTDI pin is considered being connected straight to the
2655 target without any buffer. The FTDI pin is then switched between output and
2656 input as necessary to provide the full set of low, high and Hi-Z
2657 characteristics. In all other cases, the pins specified in a signal definition
2658 are always driven by the FTDI.
2659 @end deffn
2660
2661 @deffn {Command} {ftdi_set_signal} name @option{0}|@option{1}|@option{z}
2662 Set a previously defined signal to the specified level.
2663 @itemize @minus
2664 @item @option{0}, drive low
2665 @item @option{1}, drive high
2666 @item @option{z}, set to high-impedance
2667 @end itemize
2668 @end deffn
2669
2670 For example adapter definitions, see the configuration files shipped in the
2671 @file{interface/ftdi} directory.
2672 @end deffn
2673
2674 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2675 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2676 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2677 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2678
2679 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2680 processors which are being simulated.
2681
2682 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2683 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2684 sockets instead of TCP.
2685 @end deffn
2686
2687 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2688 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2689 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2690 @end deffn
2691
2692 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2693 something like:
2694
2695 @example
2696 interface remote_bitbang
2697 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2698 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2699 @end example
2700
2701 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2702 named mysocket:
2703
2704 @example
2705 interface remote_bitbang
2706 remote_bitbang_port 0
2707 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2708 @end example
2709 @end deffn
2710
2711 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2712 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2713 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2714 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2715
2716 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2717 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2718 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2719 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2720 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2721 @end deffn
2722
2723 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2724 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2725 default values are used.
2726 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2727 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2728 @example
2729 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2730 @end example
2731 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2732 @example
2733 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2734 @end example
2735 @end deffn
2736
2737 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2738 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2739 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2740 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2741
2742 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2743 @example
2744 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2745 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2746 @end example
2747 @end deffn
2748
2749 @end deffn
2750
2751 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2752 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2753 This has one driver-specific command:
2754
2755 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2756 Display either the address of the I/O port
2757 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2758 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2759 This is a write-once setting.
2760 @end deffn
2761 @end deffn
2762
2763 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2764 Segger J-Link family of USB adapters. It currently supports only the JTAG transport.
2765
2766 @quotation Compatibility Note
2767 Segger released many firmware versions for the many harware versions they
2768 produced. OpenOCD was extensively tested and intended to run on all of them,
2769 but some combinations were reported as incompatible. As a general
2770 recommendation, it is advisable to use the latest firmware version
2771 available for each hardware version. However the current V8 is a moving
2772 target, and Segger firmware versions released after the OpenOCD was
2773 released may not be compatible. In such cases it is recommended to
2774 revert to the last known functional version. For 0.5.0, this is from
2775 "Feb 8 2012 14:30:39", packed with 4.42c. For 0.6.0, the last known
2776 version is from "May 3 2012 18:36:22", packed with 4.46f.
2777 @end quotation
2778
2779 @deffn {Command} {jlink caps}
2780 Display the device firmware capabilities.
2781 @end deffn
2782 @deffn {Command} {jlink info}
2783 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2784 @end deffn
2785 @deffn {Command} {jlink hw_jtag} [@option{2}|@option{3}]
2786 Set the JTAG protocol version to be used. Without argument, show the actual JTAG protocol version.
2787 @end deffn
2788 @deffn {Command} {jlink config}
2789 Display the J-Link configuration.
2790 @end deffn
2791 @deffn {Command} {jlink config kickstart} [val]
2792 Set the Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19. Without argument, show the Kickstart configuration.
2793 @end deffn
2794 @deffn {Command} {jlink config mac_address} [@option{ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff}]
2795 Set the MAC address of the J-Link Pro. Without argument, show the MAC address.
2796 @end deffn
2797 @deffn {Command} {jlink config ip} [@option{A.B.C.D}(@option{/E}|@option{F.G.H.I})]
2798 Set the IP configuration of the J-Link Pro, where A.B.C.D is the IP address,
2799 E the bit of the subnet mask and
2800 F.G.H.I the subnet mask. Without arguments, show the IP configuration.
2801 @end deffn
2802 @deffn {Command} {jlink config usb_address} [@option{0x00} to @option{0x03} or @option{0xff}]
2803 Set the USB address; this will also change the product id. Without argument, show the USB address.
2804 @end deffn
2805 @deffn {Command} {jlink config reset}
2806 Reset the current configuration.
2807 @end deffn
2808 @deffn {Command} {jlink config save}
2809 Save the current configuration to the internal persistent storage.
2810 @end deffn
2811 @deffn {Config} {jlink pid} val
2812 Set the USB PID of the interface. As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2813 @end deffn
2814 @end deffn
2815
2816 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2817 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2818 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2819 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2820 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2821
2822 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2823 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2824 This is a write-once setting.
2825 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2826
2827 @itemize @minus
2828 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2829 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2830 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2831 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2832 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2833 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2834 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2835 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2836 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2837 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2838 some versions of
2839 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2840 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2841 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2842 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2843 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2844 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2845 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2846 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2847 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2848 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2849 @end itemize
2850 @end deffn
2851
2852 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2853 Display either the address of the I/O port
2854 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2855 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2856 This is a write-once setting.
2857
2858 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2859 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2860 you may encounter a problem.
2861 @end deffn
2862
2863 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2864 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2865 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2866 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2867 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2868 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2869
2870 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2871 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2872 @quotation Tip
2873 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2874 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2875 @example
2876 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2877 > adapter_khz 500
2878 @end example
2879 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2880 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2881 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2882 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2883 large set of samples.
2884 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2885 @example
2886 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2887 @end example
2888 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2889 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2890
2891 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2892 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2893 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2894 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2895 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2896 @end quotation
2897 @end deffn
2898
2899 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2900 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2901 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2902 @end deffn
2903
2904 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2905 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2906
2907 @example
2908 interface parport
2909 parport_port 0x278
2910 parport_cable wiggler
2911 @end example
2912 @end deffn
2913
2914 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2915 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2916 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2917 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2918 @end deffn
2919 @end deffn
2920
2921 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2922 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2923 @end deffn
2924
2925 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2926 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2927 @end deffn
2928
2929 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2930 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2931
2932 @quotation Note
2933 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2934 which are not currently documented here.
2935 @end quotation
2936 @end deffn
2937
2938 @deffn {Interface Driver} {hla}
2939 This is a driver that supports multiple High Level Adapters.
2940 This type of adapter does not expose some of the lower level api's
2941 that OpenOCD would normally use to access the target.
2942
2943 Currently supported adapters include the ST STLINK and TI ICDI.
2944
2945 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_device_desc} description
2946 Currently Not Supported.
2947 @end deffn
2948
2949 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_serial} serial
2950 Currently Not Supported.
2951 @end deffn
2952
2953 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_layout} (@option{stlink}|@option{icdi})
2954 Specifies the adapter layout to use.
2955 @end deffn
2956
2957 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_vid_pid} vid pid
2958 The vendor ID and product ID of the device.
2959 @end deffn
2960
2961 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_api} api_level
2962 Manually sets the stlink api used, valid options are 1 or 2. (@b{STLINK Only}).
2963 @end deffn
2964 @end deffn
2965
2966 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
2967 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2968 @end deffn
2969
2970 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ulink}
2971 This is the Keil ULINK v1 JTAG debugger.
2972 @end deffn
2973
2974 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2975 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2976 @end deffn
2977
2978 @quotation Note
2979 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2980 which are not currently documented here.
2981 @end quotation
2982
2983 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2984 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2985 No arguments: print status.
2986 @end deffn
2987
2988 @section Transport Configuration
2989 @cindex Transport
2990 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2991 and the debug adapter you are using,
2992 several transports may be available to
2993 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2994 @deffn Command {transport list}
2995 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2996 version of OpenOCD.
2997 @end deffn
2998
2999 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
3000 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
3001 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
3002 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
3003 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
3004 @end deffn
3005
3006 @subsection JTAG Transport
3007 @cindex JTAG
3008 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
3009 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
3010 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
3011 each of which must be explicitly declared.
3012 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
3013 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3014 @subsection SWD Transport
3015 @cindex SWD
3016 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
3017 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
3018 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
3019 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
3020 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
3021 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3022 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
3023 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
3024 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
3025 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
3026 expected to change.
3027 @end deffn
3028 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
3029 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
3030 Wire Control Register (WCR).
3031 No parameters: displays current settings.
3032 @end deffn
3033
3034 @subsection SPI Transport
3035 @cindex SPI
3036 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
3037 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
3038 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
3039 solution for flash programming.
3040
3041 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
3042 @section JTAG Speed
3043 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
3044 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
3045 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
3046 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
3047 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
3048 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
3049 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
3050 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
3051 power management software that may be active.
3052
3053 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
3054 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
3055 target event handler.
3056 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
3057 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
3058 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
3059 sets up those clocks).
3060 @xref{Target Events}.
3061 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
3062 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
3063 in the target config file.
3064 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
3065 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
3066 config file instead.
3067 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
3068 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
3069 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
3070
3071 @example
3072 jtag_rclk 3000
3073 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
3074 @end example
3075
3076 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
3077 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
3078 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
3079 may not be the fastest solution.
3080
3081 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
3082 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
3083 which support adaptive clocking.
3084
3085 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
3086 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
3087 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
3088 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
3089 than the speed specified.
3090
3091 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
3092 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
3093 and is normally less than that peak rate.
3094 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
3095
3096 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
3097 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
3098 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
3099 JTAG clocking after setup.
3100 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
3101 If the interface device can not
3102 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
3103 @end deffn
3104
3105 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
3106 @cindex adaptive clocking
3107 @cindex RTCK
3108 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
3109 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
3110 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
3111 @example
3112 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
3113 jtag_rclk 3000
3114 @end example
3115 @end defun
3116
3117 @node Reset Configuration
3118 @chapter Reset Configuration
3119 @cindex Reset Configuration
3120
3121 Every system configuration may require a different reset
3122 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
3123 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
3124 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
3125 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
3126 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
3127 Please see the various board files for examples.
3128
3129 @quotation Note
3130 To maintainers and integrators:
3131 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
3132 Normally the board configuration file
3133 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
3134 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
3135
3136 However, the target configuration file could also make note
3137 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
3138 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
3139 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
3140 user configuration file will need to override parts of
3141 the reset configuration provided by other files.
3142 @end quotation
3143
3144 @section Types of Reset
3145
3146 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
3147 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
3148 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
3149
3150 @itemize @bullet
3151 @item
3152 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
3153 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
3154 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
3155 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
3156 @item
3157 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
3158 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
3159 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
3160 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
3161 @item
3162 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
3163 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
3164 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
3165 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
3166 @item
3167 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
3168 several other types of reset.
3169 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
3170 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
3171 There may be individual module resets.
3172 @end itemize
3173
3174 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
3175 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
3176 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
3177 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
3178 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
3179 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
3180 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
3181 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
3182 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
3183
3184 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
3185 @section SRST and TRST Issues
3186
3187 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
3188 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
3189 common issues are:
3190
3191 @itemize @bullet
3192
3193 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
3194 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
3195 support such signals even if they are wired up.
3196 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
3197 when either of those signals is not connected.
3198 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
3199 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
3200 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
3201 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
3202
3203 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
3204 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
3205 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
3206 when those signals aren't properly independent.
3207
3208 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
3209 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
3210 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
3211 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
3212 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
3213 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
3214 hardware debouncing.
3215 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
3216 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
3217
3218 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
3219 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
3220 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
3221 to use push/pull output drivers.
3222 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
3223 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
3224 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
3225 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
3226
3227 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
3228 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
3229 issues (not limited to errata).
3230 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
3231 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
3232 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
3233 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
3234 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
3235 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
3236 @end itemize
3237
3238 There can also be other issues.
3239 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
3240 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
3241 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
3242 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
3243 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
3244 Agreement (NDA).
3245
3246 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
3247 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
3248 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
3249
3250 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
3251 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
3252
3253 @section Commands for Handling Resets
3254
3255 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
3256 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3257 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
3258 allowing it to be deasserted.
3259 @end deffn
3260
3261 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
3262 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3263 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3264 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
3265 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
3266 @end deffn
3267
3268 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3269 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3270 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3271 allowing it to be deasserted.
3272 @end deffn
3273
3274 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3275 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3276 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3277 @end deffn
3278
3279 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3280 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3281 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3282 configuration scripts.
3283
3284 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3285 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
3286 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3287 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3288 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3289 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3290 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3291 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3292
3293 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3294 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{gates},
3295 @var{trst_type}, @var{srst_type} and @var{connect_type}
3296 -- may be specified at a time.
3297 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3298 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3299 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3300 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3301 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3302
3303 @itemize
3304 @item
3305 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3306 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3307 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3308 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3309 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3310
3311 @quotation Tip
3312 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3313 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3314 @end quotation
3315
3316 @item
3317 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3318 signal implementations.
3319 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3320 indicating everything behaves normally.
3321 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3322 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3323 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3324 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3325 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3326 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3327 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3328
3329 @item
3330 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3331 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3332 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3333 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3334 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3335 while SRST is asserted.
3336 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3337 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3338
3339 @item
3340 The @var{connect_type} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3341 SRST is asserted while connecting to the target. @option{srst_nogate}
3342 is required to use this option.
3343 @option{connect_deassert_srst} (default)
3344 indicates that SRST will not be asserted while connecting to the target.
3345 Its converse is @option{connect_assert_srst}, indicating that SRST will
3346 be asserted before any target connection.
3347 Only some targets support this feature, STM32 and STR9 are examples.
3348 This feature is useful if you are unable to connect to your target due
3349 to incorrect options byte config or illegal program execution.
3350 @end itemize
3351
3352 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3353 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3354 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3355 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3356 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3357
3358 @itemize
3359 @item
3360 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3361 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3362 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3363 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3364
3365 @item
3366 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3367 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3368 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3369 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3370 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3371 @end itemize
3372 @end deffn
3373
3374 @section Custom Reset Handling
3375 @cindex events
3376
3377 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3378 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3379 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3380 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3381 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3382 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3383
3384 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3385 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3386 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3387 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3388 want to reset everything at once.
3389
3390 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3391 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3392 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3393 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3394 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3395 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3396 needs special attention.
3397
3398 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3399 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3400 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3401 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3402 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3403 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3404 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
3405 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3406
3407 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3408 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3409 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3410 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3411 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3412
3413 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3414 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3415 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3416 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3417 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3418 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3419 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3420 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3421 or potentially some other value.
3422
3423 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3424 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3425 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3426 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3427 (or their associated targets)
3428 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3429
3430 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3431 they return.
3432 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3433 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3434 @end deffn
3435
3436 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3437 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3438 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3439 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3440 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3441 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3442 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3443 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3444 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3445 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3446 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3447 @end deffn
3448
3449 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3450 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3451 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3452 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3453 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3454 @end deffn
3455
3456
3457 @node TAP Declaration
3458 @chapter TAP Declaration
3459 @cindex TAP declaration
3460 @cindex TAP configuration
3461
3462 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3463 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3464
3465 @itemize @bullet
3466 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3467 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3468 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3469 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3470 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3471 start running that code.
3472 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3473 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3474 and missing connections
3475 @end itemize
3476
3477 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3478 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3479 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3480 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3481 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3482
3483 @section Scan Chains
3484 @cindex scan chain
3485
3486 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3487 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3488 They also need to be added to
3489 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3490 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3491 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3492 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3493 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3494 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3495 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3496 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3497
3498 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3499 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3500 command, presented in the next chapter.
3501 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3502 debugging targets.)
3503 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3504
3505 @verbatim
3506 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3507 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3508 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3509 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3510 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3511 @end verbatim
3512
3513 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3514 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
3515 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3516 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3517 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3518 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3519 until they are told to do so.
3520
3521 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3522 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3523 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3524 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3525
3526 @example
3527 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3528 @end example
3529
3530 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3531 by a given chip.
3532 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3533 and so forth.
3534 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3535 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3536 a single chip and between them.
3537 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
3538
3539 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3540 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3541 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3542 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3543 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3544 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3545 includes commands something like this:
3546
3547 @example
3548 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3549 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3550 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3551 @end example
3552
3553 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3554 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3555 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3556
3557 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3558 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3559 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3560 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3561 @example
3562 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3563 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3564 @}
3565 @end example
3566 @end deffn
3567
3568 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3569 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3570 and their status.
3571 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3572 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3573 but systems with a JTAG router can
3574 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3575 @end deffn
3576
3577 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3578 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3579
3580 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3581 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3582
3583 @section TAP Names
3584 @cindex dotted name
3585
3586 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3587 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3588 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3589 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3590 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3591 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3592 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3593 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3594
3595 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3596 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3597 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3598
3599 @quotation Tip
3600 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3601 This feature is still present.
3602 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3603 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3604 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3605 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3606 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3607 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3608 @end quotation
3609
3610 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3611
3612 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3613 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3614 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3615 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3616 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3617
3618 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3619 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3620 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3621 overridable.
3622
3623 @cindex TAP naming convention
3624 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3625 and should follow this convention:
3626
3627 @itemize @bullet
3628 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3629 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3630 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3631 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3632 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3633 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3634 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3635 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3636 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3637 with a single TAP;
3638 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3639 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3640 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3641 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3642 @end itemize
3643
3644 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3645
3646 @itemize @bullet
3647 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3648 @*The length in bits of the
3649 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3650 @end itemize
3651
3652 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3653
3654 @itemize @bullet
3655 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3656 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3657 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3658 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3659 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3660 (the TAP is linked in).
3661 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3662 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3663 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3664 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3665 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3666 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3667 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3668 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3669 values that were found but not included in the list.
3670
3671 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3672 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3673 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3674 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3675 hardware to find these values.
3676 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3677 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3678 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3679 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3680 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3681 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3682 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3683 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3684 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3685 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3686 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3687 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3688 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3689 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3690 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3691 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3692 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3693 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3694 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3695 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3696 @end itemize
3697 @end deffn
3698
3699 @section Other TAP commands
3700
3701 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3702 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3703 At this writing this TAP attribute
3704 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3705 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3706 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3707 See the next section for information about the available events.
3708
3709 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3710 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3711 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3712 @end deffn
3713
3714 @anchor{TAP Events}
3715 @section TAP Events
3716 @cindex events
3717 @cindex TAP events
3718
3719 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3720 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3721 The other applies to debugger targets,
3722 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3723
3724 The TAP events currently defined are:
3725
3726 @itemize @bullet
3727 @item @b{post-reset}
3728 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3729 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3730 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3731 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3732 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3733
3734 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3735 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3736 of any particular target.
3737 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3738 @item @b{setup}
3739 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3740 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3741 @item @b{tap-disable}
3742 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3743 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3744 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3745 @item @b{tap-enable}
3746 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3747 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3748 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3749 @end itemize
3750
3751 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3752 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3753 contents to be accurate), you might:
3754
3755 @example
3756 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3757 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3758 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3759 @}
3760 @end example
3761
3762
3763 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3764 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3765 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3766 @cindex jrc
3767
3768 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3769 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3770 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3771 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3772 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3773
3774 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3775 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3776 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3777 be visible.
3778 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3779 ignores, such as:
3780
3781 @itemize
3782 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3783 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3784 TAPs receive new instructions.
3785 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3786 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3787 @end itemize
3788
3789 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3790 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3791 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3792 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3793
3794 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3795 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3796
3797 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3798 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3799 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3800 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3801 should define TAP event handlers using
3802 code that looks something like this:
3803
3804 @example
3805 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3806 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3807 @}
3808 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3809 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3810 @}
3811 @end example
3812
3813 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3814
3815 @example
3816 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3817 @end example
3818
3819 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3820 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3821 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3822 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3823
3824 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3825 If necessary, disables the tap
3826 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3827 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3828 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3829 and "0" if it is disabled.
3830 @end deffn
3831
3832 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3833 If necessary, enables the tap
3834 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3835 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3836 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3837 and "0" if it is disabled.
3838 @end deffn
3839
3840 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3841 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3842 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3843 and "0" if it is disabled.
3844
3845 @quotation Note
3846 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3847 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3848 @end quotation
3849 @end deffn
3850
3851 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3852 @section Autoprobing
3853 @cindex autoprobe
3854 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3855
3856 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3857 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3858 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3859 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3860
3861 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3862 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3863 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3864 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3865 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3866 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3867 right when they come out of reset).
3868
3869 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3870
3871 @example
3872 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3873 reset_config trst_and_srst
3874 jtag_rclk 8
3875 @end example
3876
3877 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3878 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3879
3880 @enumerate
3881 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3882 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3883 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3884 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3885 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3886 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3887 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3888 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3889 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3890 that is discovered.
3891 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3892 register, it will report it.
3893 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3894 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3895 @end enumerate
3896
3897 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3898 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3899 that's a bit more complex:
3900
3901 @example
3902 clock speed 8 kHz
3903 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3904 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3905 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3906 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3907 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3908 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3909 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3910 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3911 @end example
3912
3913 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3914 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3915 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3916 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3917 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3918 and so forth.
3919
3920 @node CPU Configuration
3921 @chapter CPU Configuration
3922 @cindex GDB target
3923
3924 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3925 You can also access these targets without GDB
3926 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3927 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3928 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3929 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3930
3931 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3932 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3933
3934 @section Target List
3935 @cindex target, current
3936 @cindex target, list
3937
3938 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3939 where each member has a name.
3940 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3941 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3942 (plural!) command.
3943 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3944 look like with more than one:
3945 @verbatim
3946 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3947 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3948 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3949 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3950 @end verbatim
3951
3952 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3953 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3954 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3955 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3956 space seen by that current target.
3957 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3958 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3959 are examples; and there are many more.
3960
3961 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3962
3963 @deffn Command {target count}
3964 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3965 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3966 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3967
3968 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3969 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3970 @example
3971 set c [target count]
3972 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3973 # Assuming you have created this function
3974 print_target_details $x
3975 @}
3976 @end example
3977 @end deffn
3978
3979 @deffn Command {target current}
3980 Returns the name of the current target.
3981 @end deffn
3982
3983 @deffn Command {target names}
3984 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3985 @example
3986 foreach t [target names] @{
3987 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3988 @}
3989 @end example
3990 @end deffn
3991
3992 @deffn Command {target number} number
3993 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3994 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3995
3996 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3997 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3998 @example
3999 set thename [target number $x]
4000 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
4001 @end example
4002 @end deffn
4003
4004 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
4005 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
4006
4007 @deffn Command targets [name]
4008 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
4009 command names are singular.}
4010
4011 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
4012 targets in a user friendly form.
4013
4014 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
4015 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
4016 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
4017 @end deffn
4018
4019 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
4020 @cindex target type
4021 @cindex CPU type
4022 @cindex CPU variant
4023
4024 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
4025 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
4026 when calling @command{target create}.
4027 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
4028 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
4029 what kind of debug support it integrates,
4030 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
4031 what core-specific commands may be available
4032 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
4033 and more.
4034
4035 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
4036 indicate differences that affect their handling.
4037 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
4038 worked around in some chip versions.
4039
4040 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
4041 since there's a command to list them.
4042 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
4043 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
4044
4045 @anchor{target types}
4046 @deffn Command {target types}
4047 Lists all supported target types.
4048 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
4049
4050 @itemize @bullet
4051 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
4052 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4053 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4054 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4055 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
4056 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
4057 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4058 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
4059 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
4060 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
4061 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
4062 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
4063 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
4064 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
4065 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
4066 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
4067 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
4068 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
4069 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
4070 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
4071 There are several variants defined:
4072 @itemize @minus
4073 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
4074 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
4075 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
4076 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
4077 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
4078 @end itemize
4079 @end itemize
4080 @end deffn
4081
4082 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
4083 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
4084 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
4085 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
4086 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
4087 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
4088 reflect design generations;
4089 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
4090 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
4091
4092 @anchor{Target Configuration}
4093 @section Target Configuration
4094
4095 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
4096 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
4097 which is used to set up the CPU support.
4098 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
4099 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
4100
4101 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
4102 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
4103 optional parts.
4104 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
4105 command, created as part of target creation.
4106
4107 The two main things to configure after target creation are
4108 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
4109 if the board setup code overrides them later;
4110 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
4111 to be much more board-specific.
4112 The key steps you use might look something like this
4113
4114 @example
4115 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
4116 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
4117 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
4118 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
4119 @end example
4120
4121 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
4122 on-chip SRAM.
4123 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
4124 writes to target memory;
4125 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
4126 GDB memory checksumming;
4127 and more.
4128
4129 @quotation Warning
4130 On more complex chips, the work area can become
4131 inaccessible when application code
4132 (such as an operating system)
4133 enables or disables the MMU.
4134 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
4135 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
4136 easy access to other addresses needed.
4137 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
4138 @end quotation
4139
4140 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
4141 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
4142 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
4143 controllers.
4144 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
4145 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
4146 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
4147
4148 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
4149 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
4150 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
4151 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
4152 purposes including additional configuration.
4153
4154 @itemize @bullet
4155 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
4156 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
4157 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
4158 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
4159
4160 This name is also used to create the target object command,
4161 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
4162 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
4163 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
4164 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
4165 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
4166 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
4167 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
4168
4169 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
4170 @end itemize
4171 @end deffn
4172
4173 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
4174 The options accepted by this command may also be
4175 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
4176 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
4177 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
4178
4179 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
4180 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
4181 and changing its endianness or variant.
4182
4183 @itemize @bullet
4184
4185 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
4186 used to access this target.
4187
4188 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
4189 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
4190
4191 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
4192 @xref{Target Events}.
4193 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
4194 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
4195 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
4196 same event name assigns only one handler.
4197
4198 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
4199 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
4200
4201 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
4202 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
4203 @emph{it is not backed up.}
4204 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
4205 since performing a backup slows down operations.
4206 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
4207 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
4208
4209 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
4210 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
4211 or virtual address is being used.
4212
4213 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
4214 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
4215
4216 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
4217 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
4218 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
4219 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
4220 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
4221
4222 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
4223 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{ThreadX}|
4224 @option{FreeRTOS}|@option{linux}|@option{ChibiOS}.
4225
4226 @end itemize
4227 @end deffn
4228
4229 @section Other $target_name Commands
4230 @cindex object command
4231
4232 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
4233 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
4234
4235 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
4236 Once a button is created a button
4237 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
4238 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
4239 configure it like this:
4240
4241 @example
4242 # Create
4243 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
4244 # Modify
4245 .foobar configure -foreground blue
4246 # Query
4247 set x [.foobar cget -background]
4248 # Report
4249 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
4250 @end example
4251
4252 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
4253 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
4254
4255 @example
4256 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
4257 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
4258 @end example
4259
4260 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
4261
4262 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
4263 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
4264 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
4265 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
4266 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
4267 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
4268 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
4269 They are not otherwise documented here.
4270 @end deffn
4271
4272 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
4273 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
4274 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
4275 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
4276 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
4277 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
4278 the target side uses raw memory.
4279
4280 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4281 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4282 The script orientation comes from working with data
4283 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4284 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4285 and neither store nor return those values.
4286
4287 @itemize
4288 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4289 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4290 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4291 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4292 @end itemize
4293 @end deffn
4294
4295 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4296 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4297 @command{$target_name configure}
4298 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4299 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4300 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4301 There are a few special cases:
4302
4303 @itemize @bullet
4304 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4305 event named @var{event_name}.
4306 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4307 two parameters.
4308 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4309 This is a special case because this is set using
4310 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4311 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4312 @end itemize
4313
4314 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4315 all the targets you might use something like this:
4316
4317 @example
4318 foreach name [target names] @{
4319 set y [$name cget -endian]
4320 set z [$name cget -type]
4321 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4322 $x $name $y $z]
4323 @}
4324 @end example
4325 @end deffn
4326
4327 @anchor{target curstate}
4328 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4329 Displays the current target state:
4330 @code{debug-running},
4331 @code{halted},
4332 @code{reset},
4333 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4334 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
4335 @end deffn
4336
4337 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4338 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4339 currently associated with this target.
4340 @xref{Target Events}.
4341 @end deffn
4342
4343 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4344 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4345 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4346 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4347 @end deffn
4348
4349 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4350 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4351 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4352 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4353 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4354 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4355 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4356 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4357 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4358 @end deffn
4359
4360 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4361 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4362 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4363 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4364 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4365 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4366 @end deffn
4367
4368 @anchor{Target Events}
4369 @section Target Events
4370 @cindex target events
4371 @cindex events
4372 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4373 For example:
4374 @itemize @bullet
4375 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4376 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4377 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4378 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4379 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4380 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4381 to set up system clocks or
4382 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4383 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4384 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4385 @end itemize
4386
4387 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4388 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4389 @command{target create ... -event}.
4390
4391 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4392 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4393 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4394
4395 @example
4396 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4397 echo "Reset..."
4398 reset halt
4399 @}
4400 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4401 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4402 echo "Reset..."
4403 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4404 reset init
4405 @}
4406 @end example
4407
4408 The following target events are defined:
4409
4410 @itemize @bullet
4411 @item @b{debug-halted}
4412 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4413 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4414 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4415 @item @b{early-halted}
4416 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4417 @item @b{examine-start}
4418 @* Before target examine is called.
4419 @item @b{examine-end}
4420 @* After target examine is called with no errors.
4421 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4422 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4423 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4424 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4425 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4426 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4427 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4428 @* When GDB disconnects
4429 @item @b{gdb-end}
4430 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4431 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4432 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4433 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4434 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4435 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4436 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4437 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4438 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4439 @item @b{gdb-start}
4440 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4441 @item @b{halted}
4442 @* The target has halted
4443 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4444 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4445 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4446 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4447 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4448 @item @b{reset-assert}
4449 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4450 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4451 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4452 it instead of asserting SRST.
4453 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4454 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4455 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4456 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4457 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4458 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4459 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4460 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4461 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4462 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4463 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4464 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4465 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4466 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4467 released on the scan chain.
4468 @item @b{reset-end}
4469 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4470 @ignore
4471 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4472 @* Currently not used
4473 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4474 @* Currently not used
4475 @end ignore
4476 @item @b{reset-init}
4477 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4478 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4479
4480 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4481 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4482 multiplexing, and so on.
4483 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4484 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4485 @item @b{reset-start}
4486 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4487 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4488
4489 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4490 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4491 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4492 @ignore
4493 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4494 @* Currently not used
4495 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4496 @* Currently not used
4497 @end ignore
4498 @item @b{resume-start}
4499 @* Before any target is resumed
4500 @item @b{resume-end}
4501 @* After all targets have resumed
4502 @item @b{resumed}
4503 @* Target has resumed
4504 @end itemize
4505
4506 @node Flash Commands
4507 @chapter Flash Commands
4508
4509 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4510 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4511 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4512 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4513 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4514 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4515 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4516 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4517 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4518
4519 Flash Steps:
4520 @enumerate
4521 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4522 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4523 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4524 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4525 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4526 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4527 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4528 @item GDB Flashing
4529 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4530 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4531 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
4532 @end enumerate
4533
4534 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4535 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4536 so that it can't boot.
4537 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4538 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4539
4540 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
4541 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4542 @cindex flash configuration
4543
4544 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4545 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4546 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4547 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4548 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4549 see the driver-specific documentation.
4550
4551 @itemize @bullet
4552 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4553 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4554 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4555 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4556 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4557 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4558 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4559 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4560 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4561 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4562 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4563 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4564 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4565 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4566 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4567 commands to the flash controller.
4568 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4569 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4570 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4571 for more information.
4572 @end itemize
4573 @quotation Note
4574 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4575 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4576 @end quotation
4577 @end deffn
4578
4579 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4580 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4581 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4582 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4583 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4584 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4585 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4586 @end deffn
4587
4588 @deffn Command {flash list}
4589 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4590 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4591 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4592 @end deffn
4593
4594 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4595 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4596 depends on the flash type.
4597 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4598 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4599 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4600 but most don't bother.
4601 @end deffn
4602
4603 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4604 @cindex flash erasing
4605 @cindex flash reading
4606 @cindex flash writing
4607 @cindex flash programming
4608 @anchor{Flash Programming Commands}
4609
4610 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4611 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4612 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4613 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4614 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4615
4616 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4617 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4618 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4619 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4620 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4621
4622 @quotation Note
4623 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4624 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4625 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4626 back to a flash bank.
4627 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4628 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4629 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4630 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4631 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4632 @end quotation
4633
4634 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4635 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4636 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4637 disabled first.
4638 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4639 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4640 @xref{flash protect}.
4641
4642 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4643 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4644 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4645 up to and including @var{last}.
4646 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4647 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4648 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4649 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4650 @end deffn
4651
4652 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4653 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4654 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4655 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4656 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4657 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4658 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4659 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4660 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4661 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4662 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4663 before erase starts.
4664 @end deffn
4665
4666 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4667 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4668 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4669 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4670 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4671 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4672 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4673 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4674 before issuing this command.
4675 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4676 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4677 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4678 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4679 @end deffn
4680 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4681
4682 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4683 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4684 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4685 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4686 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4687 @end deffn
4688
4689 @anchor{flash write_image}
4690 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4691 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4692 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4693 to the base address for each section in the image.
4694 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4695 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4696 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4697 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4698 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4699 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4700 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4701 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4702 each image section.
4703
4704 @quotation Warning
4705 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4706 data you want to preserve.
4707 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4708 sections might be erased with no notice.
4709 @itemize
4710 @item
4711 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4712 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4713 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4714 @item
4715 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4716 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4717 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4718 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4719 @end itemize
4720 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4721 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4722 @end quotation
4723
4724 @end deffn
4725
4726 @section Other Flash commands
4727 @cindex flash protection
4728
4729 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4730 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4731 and display that status.
4732 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4733 @end deffn
4734
4735 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4736 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4737 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4738 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4739 and possibly stale information.
4740 @end deffn
4741
4742 @anchor{flash protect}
4743 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4744 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4745 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4746 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4747 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4748 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4749 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4750 @end deffn
4751
4752 @anchor{program}
4753 @deffn Command {program} filename [verify] [reset] [offset]
4754 This is a helper script that simplifies using OpenOCD as a standalone
4755 programmer. The only required parameter is @option{filename}, the others are optional.
4756 @xref{Flash Programming}.
4757 @end deffn
4758
4759 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4760 @section Flash Driver List
4761 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4762 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4763 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4764
4765 @subsection External Flash
4766
4767 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4768 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4769 @cindex CFI
4770 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4771 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4772 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4773 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4774 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4775 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4776 configure a bus and its timings), or
4777 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4778 on the flash chip.
4779 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4780 speed up operation.
4781
4782 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4783
4784 @itemize
4785 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4786 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4787 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4788 @end itemize
4789
4790 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4791 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4792
4793 @example
4794 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4795 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4796 @end example
4797
4798 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4799 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4800 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4801
4802 @example
4803 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4804 @end example
4805
4806 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4807 @end deffn
4808
4809 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpcspifi
4810 @cindex NXP SPI Flash Interface
4811 @cindex SPIFI
4812 @cindex lpcspifi
4813 NXP's LPC43xx and LPC18xx families include a proprietary SPI
4814 Flash Interface (SPIFI) peripheral that can drive and provide
4815 memory mapped access to external SPI flash devices.
4816
4817 The lpcspifi driver initializes this interface and provides
4818 program and erase functionality for these serial flash devices.
4819 Use of this driver @b{requires} a working area of at least 1kB
4820 to be configured on the target device; more than this will
4821 significantly reduce flash programming times.
4822
4823 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter. All
4824 other parameters are ignored, and the flash size and layout
4825 are configured by the driver.
4826
4827 @example
4828 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpcspifi 0x14000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4829 @end example
4830
4831 @end deffn
4832
4833 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4834 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4835 @cindex SMI
4836 @cindex stmsmi
4837 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4838 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4839 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4840 SPI flash devices.
4841 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4842 flash devices can be connected.
4843
4844 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4845 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4846 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4847 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4848 the flash content.
4849
4850 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4851 to identify the memory bank.
4852 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4853 flash size, are detected automatically.
4854
4855 @example
4856 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4857 @end example
4858
4859 @end deffn
4860
4861 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4862
4863 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4864 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4865 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4866 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4867 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4868 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4869
4870 @example
4871 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4872 @end example
4873 @end deffn
4874
4875 @anchor{at91sam3}
4876 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4877 @cindex at91sam3
4878 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4879 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4880 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4881 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4882 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4883 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4884 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4885 chips are confirmed.}
4886
4887 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4888 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4889 the following fixed locations:
4890
4891 @example
4892 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4893 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4894 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4895 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4896 @end example
4897
4898 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4899 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4900 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4901
4902 @itemize
4903 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4904 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4905 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4906 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4907 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4908 @end itemize
4909
4910 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4911
4912 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4913 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4914 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4915 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4916 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4917 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4918 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4919
4920 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4921 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4922 @end deffn
4923
4924 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4925 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4926 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4927 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4928 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4929 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4930 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4931 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4932 @end deffn
4933
4934 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4935 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4936 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4937 @end deffn
4938 @end deffn
4939
4940 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
4941 @cindex at91sam4
4942 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
4943 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
4944 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
4945 @end deffn
4946
4947 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4948 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4949 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4950 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4951 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4952
4953 @example
4954 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4955 @end example
4956
4957 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4958 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4959
4960 @itemize
4961 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4962 @item @var{banks}
4963 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4964 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4965 @item @var{pages_size}
4966 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4967 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4968 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4969 @end itemize
4970
4971 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4972 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4973 will be autoconfigured.
4974 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4975
4976 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4977 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4978 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4979 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4980 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4981
4982 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4983 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4984 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4985 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4986 are not truly general purpose).
4987 @quotation Note
4988 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4989 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4990 @end quotation
4991 @end deffn
4992 @end deffn
4993
4994 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4995 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4996 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4997 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4998 @end deffn
4999
5000 @deffn {Flash Driver} efm32
5001 All members of the EFM32 microcontroller family from Energy Micro include
5002 internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. The driver automatically recognizes
5003 a number of these chips using the chip identification register, and
5004 autoconfigures itself.
5005 @example
5006 flash bank $_FLASHNAME efm32 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5007 @end example
5008 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete. Unprotecting flash pages is not
5009 supported.}
5010 @end deffn
5011
5012 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
5013 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
5014 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
5015
5016 @quotation Note
5017 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
5018 driver:
5019 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
5020 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
5021 @end quotation
5022
5023 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
5024 which must appear in the following order:
5025
5026 @itemize
5027 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
5028 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
5029 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
5030 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
5031 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
5032 at which the core is running
5033 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
5034 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
5035 @quotation Note
5036 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
5037 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
5038 However, if you do provide it,
5039 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
5040 @end quotation
5041 @end itemize
5042
5043 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5044
5045 @example
5046 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
5047 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
5048 @end example
5049
5050 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
5051 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
5052 the specified flash @var{bank}.
5053 @end deffn
5054 @end deffn
5055
5056 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
5057 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
5058 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
5059 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
5060 the programming clock rate in Hz.
5061 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5062
5063 @example
5064 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
5065 @end example
5066 @end deffn
5067
5068 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
5069 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
5070 from NXP.
5071
5072 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
5073 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
5074 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
5075 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
5076 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
5077 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
5078 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
5079 you start the PLL.
5080
5081 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
5082
5083 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
5084 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
5085 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
5086
5087 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
5088 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
5089 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
5090 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
5091 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
5092 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
5093 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
5094
5095 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
5096 @example
5097 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
5098 @end example
5099
5100 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
5101 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
5102 @code{flash banks} command.
5103
5104 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
5105 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
5106 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
5107 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
5108 a known signature.
5109 Example:
5110 @example
5111 lpc2900 signature 0
5112 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
5113 @end example
5114 @end deffn
5115
5116 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
5117 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
5118 saves it to a file in binary format.
5119 Example:
5120 @example
5121 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
5122 @end example
5123 @end deffn
5124
5125 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
5126 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
5127 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
5128 command:
5129
5130 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
5131 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
5132 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
5133 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
5134
5135 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
5136 Example:
5137 @example
5138 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
5139 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
5140 @end example
5141 @end deffn
5142
5143 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
5144 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
5145 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
5146 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
5147 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
5148 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
5149 912 bytes.
5150 @quotation Attention
5151 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5152 @end quotation
5153 Example:
5154 @example
5155 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
5156 @end example
5157 @end deffn
5158
5159 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
5160 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
5161 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
5162 after the next power cycle.
5163 @quotation Attention
5164 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5165 @end quotation
5166 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
5167 Example:
5168 @example
5169 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
5170 flash info 0
5171 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
5172 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5173 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
5174 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5175 @end example
5176 @end deffn
5177
5178 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
5179 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
5180 effective after the next power cycle.
5181 @quotation Attention
5182 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5183 @end quotation
5184 Examples:
5185 @example
5186 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
5187 @end example
5188 @end deffn
5189 @end deffn
5190
5191 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
5192 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
5193
5194 @example
5195 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5196 @end example
5197 @end deffn
5198
5199 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
5200 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
5201 and integrate flash memory.
5202
5203 @example
5204 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5205 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5206 @end example
5207
5208 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
5209 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5210 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
5211 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
5212 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
5213 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
5214 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
5215 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
5216 @end deffn
5217 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
5218 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
5219 This will remove any Code Protection.
5220 @end deffn
5221 @end deffn
5222
5223 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
5224 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
5225 Texas Instruments
5226 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5227 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5228 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5229 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
5230 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5231 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5232
5233 @example
5234 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5235 @end example
5236
5237 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
5238 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
5239 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
5240 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
5241 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
5242 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
5243
5244 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
5245 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
5246 @quotation Warning
5247 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
5248 applied to all of them.
5249 @end quotation
5250 @end deffn
5251 @end deffn
5252
5253 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
5254 All members of the STM32F0, STM32F1 and STM32F3 microcontroller families
5255 from ST Microelectronics include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0/M3/M4 cores.
5256 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5257 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5258
5259 @example
5260 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5261 @end example
5262
5263 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5264 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5265 the flash driver.
5266
5267 @example
5268 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5269 @end example
5270
5271 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
5272 as per the following example.
5273 @example
5274 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5275 @end example
5276
5277 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
5278 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
5279 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5280 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5281 are defined:
5282
5283 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
5284 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5285 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5286 @end deffn
5287
5288 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
5289 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5290 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5291 @end deffn
5292
5293 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
5294 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
5295 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
5296 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5297 @end deffn
5298
5299 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
5300 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
5301 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5302 @end deffn
5303 @end deffn
5304
5305 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
5306 All members of the STM32F2 and STM32F4 microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5307 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3/M4 cores.
5308 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5309 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5310
5311 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5312 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5313 the flash driver.
5314
5315 @example
5316 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f2x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5317 @end example
5318
5319 Some stm32f2x-specific commands are defined:
5320
5321 @deffn Command {stm32f2x lock} num
5322 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5323 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5324 @end deffn
5325
5326 @deffn Command {stm32f2x unlock} num
5327 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5328 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5329 @end deffn
5330 @end deffn
5331
5332 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32lx
5333 All members of the STM32L microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5334 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3 cores.
5335 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5336 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5337
5338 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5339 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5340 the flash driver.
5341
5342 @example
5343 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32lx 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5344 @end example
5345 @end deffn
5346
5347 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
5348 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5349 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5350 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
5351 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
5352
5353 @example
5354 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5355 @end example
5356
5357 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5358 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5359 for the specified flash bank.
5360 @end deffn
5361 @end deffn
5362
5363 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5364 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5365 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5366 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5367 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5368
5369 @example
5370 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5371 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5372 @end example
5373
5374 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5375 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5376 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5377
5378 @itemize @bullet
5379 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5380 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5381 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5382 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5383 @end itemize
5384 @end deffn
5385
5386 @end deffn
5387
5388 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5389 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5390 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5391 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5392
5393 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5394
5395 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5396 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5397 @end deffn
5398
5399 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5400 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5401 @end deffn
5402
5403 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5404 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5405 the flash clock.
5406 @end deffn
5407 @end deffn
5408
5409 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5410 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5411 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5412
5413 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5414
5415 @itemize
5416 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5417 @end itemize
5418
5419 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5420 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5421 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5422 @example
5423 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5424 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5425 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5426 @end example
5427 @end deffn
5428
5429 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5430 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5431 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5432 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5433 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5434 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5435 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5436
5437 @example
5438 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5439 @end example
5440 @end deffn
5441
5442 @subsection str9xpec driver
5443 @cindex str9xpec
5444
5445 Here is some background info to help
5446 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5447 the str9:
5448 @enumerate
5449 @item
5450 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5451 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5452 @item
5453 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5454 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5455 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5456 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5457 @end enumerate
5458
5459 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5460 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5461 configured for flash bank 0.
5462 @example
5463 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5464 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5465 jtag_reset 0 1
5466 # turn off target polling
5467 poll off
5468 # disable str9 core
5469 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5470 # read option bytes
5471 str9xpec options_read 0
5472 # re-enable str9 core
5473 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5474 poll on
5475 reset halt
5476 @end example
5477 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5478 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5479 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5480 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5481
5482 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5483 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5484 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5485 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5486 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5487
5488 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5489
5490 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5491 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5492 @end deffn
5493
5494 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5495 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5496 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5497 @end deffn
5498
5499 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5500 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5501 erase the device.
5502 @end deffn
5503
5504 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5505 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5506 @end deffn
5507
5508 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5509 Configure str9 boot bank.
5510 @end deffn
5511
5512 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5513 Configure str9 lvd source.
5514 @end deffn
5515
5516 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5517 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5518 @end deffn
5519
5520 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5521 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5522 @end deffn
5523
5524 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5525 Read str9 option bytes.
5526 @end deffn
5527
5528 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5529 Write str9 option bytes.
5530 @end deffn
5531
5532 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5533 unlock str9 device.
5534 @end deffn
5535
5536 @end deffn
5537
5538
5539 @section mFlash
5540
5541 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5542 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5543
5544 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5545 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5546 address @var{base}.
5547 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5548 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5549
5550 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5551
5552 @example
5553 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5554 @end example
5555
5556 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5557
5558 @example
5559 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5560 @end example
5561 @end deffn
5562
5563 @subsection mFlash commands
5564 @cindex mFlash commands
5565
5566 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5567 Configure mflash PLL.
5568 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5569 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5570 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5571 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5572 @end deffn
5573
5574 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5575 Configure bootable option.
5576 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5577 (4kB) for boot.
5578 @end deffn
5579
5580 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5581 Configure storage information.
5582 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5583 written.
5584 @end deffn
5585
5586 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5587 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5588 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5589 @end deffn
5590
5591 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5592 Probe mflash.
5593 @end deffn
5594
5595 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5596 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5597 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5598 @end deffn
5599
5600 @node Flash Programming
5601 @chapter Flash Programming
5602
5603 OpenOCD implements numerous ways to program the target flash, whether internal or external.
5604 Programming can be acheived by either using GDB @ref{Programming using GDB}, or using the cmds given in @ref{Flash Programming Commands}.
5605
5606 @*To simplify using the flash cmds directly a jimtcl script is available that handles the programming and verify stage.
5607 OpenOCD will program/verify/reset the target and shutdown.
5608
5609 The script is executed as follows and by default the following actions will be peformed.
5610 @enumerate
5611 @item 'init' is executed.
5612 @item 'reset init' is called to reset and halt the target, any 'reset init' scripts are executed.
5613 @item @code{flash write_image} is called to erase and write any flash using the filename given.
5614 @item @code{verify_image} is called if @option{verify} parameter is given.
5615 @item @code{reset run} is called if @option{reset} parameter is given.
5616 @item OpenOCD is shutdown.
5617 @end enumerate
5618
5619 An example of usage is given below. @xref{program}.
5620
5621 @example
5622 # program and verify using elf/hex/s19. verify and reset
5623 # are optional parameters
5624 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5625 -c "program filename.elf verify reset"
5626
5627 # binary files need the flash address passing
5628 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5629 -c "program filename.bin 0x08000000"
5630 @end example
5631
5632 @node NAND Flash Commands
5633 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5634 @cindex NAND
5635
5636 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5637 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5638 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5639
5640 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5641 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5642 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5643 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5644 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5645 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5646
5647 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5648 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5649 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5650 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5651 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5652 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5653 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5654 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5655 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5656 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5657
5658 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5659 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5660 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5661 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5662 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5663 every 512 bytes of data.
5664
5665 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5666 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5667 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5668 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5669 ECC mode is used.
5670
5671 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5672 @enumerate
5673 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5674 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5675 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5676 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5677 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5678 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5679 to access that device.
5680 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5681 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5682 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5683 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5684 de-brick a board.
5685 @end enumerate
5686
5687 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5688 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5689 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5690 are only 32 bits wide.
5691 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5692 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5693 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5694 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5695
5696 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5697 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5698 @cindex NAND configuration
5699
5700 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5701 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5702 OpenOCD has initialized.
5703
5704 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5705 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5706 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5707 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5708 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5709 they were a single (larger) device.
5710 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5711 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5712
5713 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5714 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5715 configuration files, not interactively.
5716
5717 @itemize @bullet
5718 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5719 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5720 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5721 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5722 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5723 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5724 commands to the NAND controller.
5725 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5726 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5727 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5728 for more information.
5729 @end itemize
5730 @end deffn
5731
5732 @deffn Command {nand list}
5733 Prints a summary of each device declared
5734 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5735 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5736 @example
5737 > nand list
5738 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5739 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5740 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5741 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5742 >
5743 @end example
5744 @end deffn
5745
5746 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5747 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5748 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5749 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5750 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5751 it with most other NAND commands.
5752 @end deffn
5753
5754 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5755
5756 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5757 @cindex NAND reading
5758 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5759 starting at the specified offset.
5760 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5761
5762 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5763 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5764
5765 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5766 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5767 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5768
5769 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5770 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5771 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5772 method which handled that error correction.
5773
5774 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5775 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5776 @itemize @bullet
5777 @item no oob_* parameter
5778 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5779 @item @code{oob_raw}
5780 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5781 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5782 spare areas associated with each data page.
5783 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5784 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5785 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5786 @item @code{oob_only}
5787 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5788 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5789 spare areas associated with each data page.
5790 @end itemize
5791 @end deffn
5792
5793 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5794 @cindex NAND erasing
5795 @cindex NAND programming
5796 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5797 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5798 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5799 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5800 If those parameters are not specified,
5801 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5802 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5803
5804 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5805 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5806 block marker.
5807 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5808 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5809 @end deffn
5810
5811 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5812 @cindex NAND writing
5813 @cindex NAND programming
5814 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5815 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5816 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5817 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5818
5819 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5820 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5821
5822 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5823 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5824 past the end of the device.
5825 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5826 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5827 if that's being written.)
5828
5829 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5830 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5831 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5832
5833 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5834 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5835 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5836 @itemize @bullet
5837 @item no oob_* parameter
5838 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5839 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5840 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5841 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5842 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5843 @item @code{oob_only}
5844 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5845 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5846 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5847 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5848 @item @code{oob_raw}
5849 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5850 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5851 un-altered OOB.
5852 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5853 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5854 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5855 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5856 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5857 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5858 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5859 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5860 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5861 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5862 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5863 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5864 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5865 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5866 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5867 @end itemize
5868 @end deffn
5869
5870 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5871 @cindex NAND verification
5872 @cindex NAND programming
5873 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5874 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5875 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5876
5877 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5878 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5879
5880 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5881 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5882 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5883 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5884 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5885
5886 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5887 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5888 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5889
5890 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5891 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5892 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5893 be removed in a future release.
5894 @end deffn
5895
5896 @section Other NAND commands
5897 @cindex NAND other commands
5898
5899 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5900 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5901 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5902 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5903 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5904 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5905 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5906 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5907
5908 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5909 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5910 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5911 @end deffn
5912
5913 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5914 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5915 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5916 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5917 status for each block.
5918 @end deffn
5919
5920 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5921 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5922 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5923
5924 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5925 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5926 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5927 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5928 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5929
5930 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5931 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5932 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5933 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5934 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5935 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5936 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5937 @end deffn
5938
5939 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5940 @section NAND Driver List
5941 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5942 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5943 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5944
5945 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5946 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5947 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5948 address of the ECC controller.
5949 @example
5950 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5951 @end example
5952 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5953 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5954 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5955 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5956 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5957 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5958 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5959 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5960 @end deffn
5961 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5962 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5963 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5964 @end deffn
5965
5966 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5967 properly configured for input or output.
5968 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5969 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5970 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5971 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5972 @end deffn
5973 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5974 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5975 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5976 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5977 @end deffn
5978 @end deffn
5979
5980 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5981 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5982 chips from Texas Instruments.
5983 It takes three extra parameters:
5984 address of the NAND chip;
5985 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5986 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5987 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5988 @example
5989 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5990 @end example
5991 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5992 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5993 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5994 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5995 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5996 @end deffn
5997
5998 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5999 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6000 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
6001 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
6002 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
6003 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
6004 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6005 @end deffn
6006
6007 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
6008 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
6009 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
6010 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
6011 @end deffn
6012 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
6013
6014 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
6015 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
6016 should work for this chip aswell.
6017 @end deffn
6018
6019 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
6020 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
6021 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
6022 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
6023 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
6024 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
6025 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
6026 @example
6027 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
6028 @end example
6029 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
6030 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
6031 without parameter query status.
6032 @end deffn
6033 @end deffn
6034
6035 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
6036 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6037 parameter: the address of the controller.
6038 @example
6039 nand device orion 0xd8000000
6040 @end example
6041 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
6042 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6043 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6044 change any behavior.
6045 @end deffn
6046
6047 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
6048 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
6049 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
6050 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
6051 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
6052 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
6053 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
6054 specialized commands.
6055 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6056 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6057 change any behavior.
6058 @end deffn
6059
6060 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
6061 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
6062 @cindex PLD
6063 @cindex FPGA
6064
6065 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
6066 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
6067 OpenOCD can support programming them.
6068 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
6069 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
6070 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
6071 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
6072
6073 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
6074
6075 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
6076 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
6077 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
6078
6079 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
6080 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
6081
6082 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
6083 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
6084 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
6085 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
6086 behavior.
6087 @end deffn
6088
6089 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
6090 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
6091 @end deffn
6092
6093 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
6094 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
6095 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
6096 @end deffn
6097
6098 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
6099
6100 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
6101 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
6102 that particular type of PLD.
6103
6104 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
6105 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
6106 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
6107 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
6108 and one driver-specific command is defined.
6109
6110 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
6111 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
6112 for FPGA @var{num}.
6113 @end deffn
6114 @end deffn
6115
6116 @node General Commands
6117 @chapter General Commands
6118 @cindex commands
6119
6120 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
6121 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
6122 commands are documented elsewhere.
6123
6124 Intent:
6125 @itemize @bullet
6126 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
6127 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
6128 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
6129 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
6130
6131 @item @b{From the human}
6132 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
6133 or via GDB (default port 3333).
6134
6135 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
6136 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
6137 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
6138
6139 @item @b{Machine Interface}
6140 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
6141 port is 5555.
6142 @end itemize
6143
6144
6145 @section Daemon Commands
6146
6147 @deffn {Command} exit
6148 Exits the current telnet session.
6149 @end deffn
6150
6151 @deffn {Command} help [string]
6152 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
6153 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
6154 Not every command provides helptext.
6155
6156 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
6157 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
6158 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
6159 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
6160 @end deffn
6161
6162 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
6163 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
6164 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
6165 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
6166 Useful in connection with script files
6167 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
6168 @end deffn
6169
6170 @deffn Command shutdown
6171 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
6172 @end deffn
6173
6174 @anchor{debug_level}
6175 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
6176 @cindex message level
6177 Display debug level.
6178 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
6179 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
6180 Level 0 is error messages only;
6181 level 1 adds warnings;
6182 level 2 adds informational messages;
6183 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
6184 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
6185 the command line along with the location of that log
6186 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
6187 @xref{Running}.
6188 @end deffn
6189
6190 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
6191 Logs a message at "user" priority.
6192 Output @var{message} to stdout.
6193 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
6194 @example
6195 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
6196 @end example
6197 @end deffn
6198
6199 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
6200 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
6201 the initial log output channel is stderr.
6202 @end deffn
6203
6204 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
6205 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
6206 @end deffn
6207
6208 @anchor{Target State handling}
6209 @section Target State handling
6210 @cindex reset
6211 @cindex halt
6212 @cindex target initialization
6213
6214 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
6215 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
6216 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
6217 a current target which is used to perform the
6218 various operations. The current target may be changed
6219 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
6220 target which should become current.
6221
6222 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
6223 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
6224 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
6225 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
6226 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
6227
6228 @emph{With no arguments}:
6229 list all available registers for the current target,
6230 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
6231 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
6232 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
6233 are flagged as such.
6234
6235 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
6236
6237 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
6238 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
6239 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
6240 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
6241 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
6242 relevant module will flush such values.
6243
6244 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
6245 Debug and trace infrastructure:
6246
6247 @example
6248 > reg
6249 ===== ARM registers
6250 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
6251 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
6252 (2) r2 (/32)
6253 ...
6254 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
6255 >
6256 @end example
6257 @end deffn
6258
6259 @deffn Command halt [ms]
6260 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
6261 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
6262 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
6263 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
6264 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
6265 (and enter debug mode).
6266 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
6267
6268 @quotation Warning
6269 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
6270 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
6271 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
6272 power mode by gating the core clock;
6273 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
6274
6275 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
6276 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
6277 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
6278 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
6279 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
6280 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
6281
6282 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
6283 work with a JTAG debugger.
6284 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
6285 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6286 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
6287 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
6288 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
6289 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
6290 @end quotation
6291
6292 @end deffn
6293
6294 @deffn Command resume [address]
6295 Resume the target at its current code position,
6296 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6297 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
6298 @end deffn
6299
6300 @deffn Command step [address]
6301 Single-step the target at its current code position,
6302 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6303 @end deffn
6304
6305 @anchor{Reset Command}
6306 @deffn Command reset
6307 @deffnx Command {reset run}
6308 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
6309 @deffnx Command {reset init}
6310 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
6311 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
6312 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
6313
6314 The optional parameter specifies what should
6315 happen after the reset.
6316 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
6317 The other options will not work on all systems.
6318 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6319
6320 @itemize @minus
6321 @item @b{run} Let the target run
6322 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
6323 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
6324 @end itemize
6325 @end deffn
6326
6327 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
6328 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
6329 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
6330 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
6331 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
6332 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
6333 state.
6334 @end deffn
6335
6336 @section I/O Utilities
6337
6338 These commands are available when
6339 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
6340 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
6341 notably the ZY1000.
6342 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
6343
6344 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
6345
6346 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
6347 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
6348 the text file @file{filename}.
6349 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
6350 The last string is followed by a newline.
6351 @end deffn
6352
6353 @deffn Command cat filename
6354 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
6355 @end deffn
6356
6357 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
6358 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
6359 into @file{dest_filename}.
6360 @end deffn
6361
6362 @deffn Command ip
6363 @emph{No description provided.}
6364 @end deffn
6365
6366 @deffn Command ls
6367 @emph{No description provided.}
6368 @end deffn
6369
6370 @deffn Command mac
6371 @emph{No description provided.}
6372 @end deffn
6373
6374 @deffn Command meminfo
6375 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
6376 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
6377 @end deffn
6378
6379 @deffn Command peek
6380 @emph{No description provided.}
6381 @end deffn
6382
6383 @deffn Command poke
6384 @emph{No description provided.}
6385 @end deffn
6386
6387 @deffn Command rm filename
6388 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6389 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6390 @end deffn
6391
6392 @deffn Command trunc filename
6393 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6394 @end deffn
6395
6396 @anchor{Memory access}
6397 @section Memory access commands
6398 @cindex memory access
6399
6400 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6401 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6402 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6403 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6404
6405 @enumerate
6406 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6407 to change the current target.
6408 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6409 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6410 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6411 @end enumerate
6412
6413 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6414 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6415 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6416 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6417 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6418 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6419 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6420 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6421 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6422 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6423 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6424 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6425 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6426 @end deffn
6427
6428 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6429 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6430 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6431 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6432 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6433 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6434 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6435 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6436 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6437 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6438 @end deffn
6439
6440
6441 @anchor{Image access}
6442 @section Image loading commands
6443 @cindex image loading
6444 @cindex image dumping
6445
6446 @anchor{dump_image}
6447 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6448 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6449 binary file named @var{filename}.
6450 @end deffn
6451
6452 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6453 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6454 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6455 @end deffn
6456
6457 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6458 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6459 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6460 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6461 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6462 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6463 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6464 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6465 separately.
6466 @end deffn
6467
6468 @anchor{load_image}
6469 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6470 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6471 The file format may optionally be specified
6472 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6473 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6474 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6475 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6476 @example
6477 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6478 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6479 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6480 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6481 @}
6482 @end example
6483 @end deffn
6484
6485 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6486 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6487 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6488 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6489 The file format may optionally be specified
6490 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6491 @end deffn
6492
6493 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6494 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6495 The file format may optionally be specified
6496 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6497 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6498 @end deffn
6499
6500
6501 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6502 @cindex breakpoint
6503 @cindex watchpoint
6504
6505 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6506 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6507 watchpoints.
6508 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6509
6510 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6511 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6512 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6513 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6514 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6515 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6516
6517 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
6518 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6519 @end deffn
6520
6521 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6522 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6523 @end deffn
6524
6525 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6526 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6527 @end deffn
6528
6529 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6530 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6531 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6532 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6533 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6534 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6535 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6536 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6537 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6538 @end deffn
6539
6540 @section Misc Commands
6541
6542 @cindex profiling
6543 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6544 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6545 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6546 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6547 @end deffn
6548
6549 @deffn Command {version}
6550 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6551 @end deffn
6552
6553 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6554 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6555 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6556 @end deffn
6557
6558 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6559 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6560 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6561 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6562
6563 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6564 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6565 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6566 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6567
6568 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
6569 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6570 @cindex tracing
6571 @cindex ETM
6572 @cindex ETB
6573
6574 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6575 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6576 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6577
6578 @itemize
6579 @item
6580 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6581 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6582 supports such an interface.
6583 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6584 and trace port support.)
6585 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6586 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6587 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6588 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6589 in the board-specific configuration file.
6590 @item
6591 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6592 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6593 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6594 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6595 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6596 @end itemize
6597
6598 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6599
6600 @quotation Issues
6601 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6602 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6603
6604 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6605 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6606 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6607 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6608 dummy trace port driver}.
6609
6610 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6611 as well as tracing only during specific states
6612 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6613
6614 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6615 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6616 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6617 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6618 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6619
6620 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6621 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6622 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6623 this original style of JTAG access.
6624 @end quotation
6625
6626 @subsection ETM Configuration
6627 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6628
6629 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6630 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6631 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
6632
6633 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6634 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6635 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6636 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6637 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6638 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6639 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6640 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6641 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6642
6643 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6644 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6645 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6646
6647 @quotation Warning
6648 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6649 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6650 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6651 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6652 @end quotation
6653
6654 @quotation Note
6655 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6656 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6657 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6658 what CPU activities are traced.
6659 @end quotation
6660 @end deffn
6661
6662 @deffn Command {etm info}
6663 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6664 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6665 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6666 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6667 @end deffn
6668
6669 @deffn Command {etm status}
6670 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6671 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6672 Did trace data overflow?
6673 Was it triggered?
6674 @end deffn
6675
6676 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6677 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6678 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6679 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6680 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6681
6682 @itemize
6683 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6684 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6685 The value is one of
6686 @option{none} (save nothing),
6687 @option{data} (save data),
6688 @option{address} (save addresses),
6689 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6690 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6691 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6692 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6693 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6694 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6695 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6696 trace stream without an image of the code.
6697 @end itemize
6698 @end deffn
6699
6700 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6701 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6702 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6703 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6704 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6705
6706 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6707 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6708 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6709 @end deffn
6710
6711 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6712
6713 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6714 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6715 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6716
6717 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6718 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6719 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6720 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6721 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6722 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6723 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6724
6725 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6726
6727 @itemize
6728 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6729 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6730 for instruction access within that function's body.
6731 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6732 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6733 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6734 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6735 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6736 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6737 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6738 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6739 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6740 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6741 @item @emph{... more}
6742 @end itemize
6743
6744 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6745 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6746
6747 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6748 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6749 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6750 @end deffn
6751
6752 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6753 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6754 @end deffn
6755
6756 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6757 Opens an image file.
6758 @end deffn
6759
6760 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6761 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6762 @end deffn
6763
6764 @deffn Command {etm start}
6765 Starts trace data collection.
6766 @end deffn
6767
6768 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6769 Stops trace data collection.
6770 @end deffn
6771
6772 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6773 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6774
6775 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6776
6777 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6778 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6779 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6780 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6781 any trace data collection.}
6782 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6783 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6784 @end deffn
6785 @end deffn
6786
6787 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6788 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6789 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6790 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6791 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6792 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6793 @end deffn
6794 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6795 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6796 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6797 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6798 trace trigger becomes active.
6799
6800 @itemize
6801 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6802 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6803 afterwards.
6804 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6805 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6806 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6807 what caused that event to happen.
6808 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6809 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6810 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6811 how the event caused trouble.
6812 @end itemize
6813 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6814 @end deffn
6815
6816 @end deffn
6817
6818 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6819 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6820 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6821 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6822 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6823
6824 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6825 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6826
6827 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6828 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6829 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6830 @end deffn
6831
6832 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6833 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6834 @end deffn
6835
6836 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6837 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6838 @end deffn
6839 @end deffn
6840
6841
6842 @section Generic ARM
6843 @cindex ARM
6844
6845 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6846 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6847 commands that may be available.
6848
6849 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6850 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6851 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6852 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6853 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6854 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6855 @end deffn
6856
6857 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6858 @cindex disassemble
6859 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6860 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6861 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6862 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6863 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6864 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6865 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6866
6867 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6868 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6869 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6870 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6871 with a handful of exceptions.
6872 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6873 @end deffn
6874
6875 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6876 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6877 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6878 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6879 and using the MCR instruction.
6880 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6881 an ARM register.)
6882 @end deffn
6883
6884 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6885 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6886 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6887 and the MRC instruction.
6888 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6889 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6890 an ARM register.)
6891 @end deffn
6892
6893 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6894 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6895 core mode if necessary.
6896 @end deffn
6897
6898 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6899 @cindex ARM semihosting
6900 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6901
6902 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6903 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6904 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6905 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6906 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6907 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6908 @end deffn
6909
6910 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6911 @cindex ARMv4
6912 @cindex ARMv5
6913
6914 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6915 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6916 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6917 variant.
6918
6919 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6920 @cindex ARM7
6921 @cindex ARM9
6922
6923 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6924 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6925 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6926 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6927
6928 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6929 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6930 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6931 instead of breakpoints.
6932 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6933
6934 This should be
6935 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6936 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6937 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6938 @end deffn
6939
6940 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6941 @cindex DCC
6942 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6943 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6944 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6945
6946 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6947 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6948 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6949 @end deffn
6950
6951 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6952 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6953 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6954 that don't check completion of the operation.
6955 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6956
6957 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6958 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6959 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6960 @end deffn
6961
6962 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6963 @cindex ARM720T
6964
6965 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6966 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6967 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6968 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6969
6970 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6971 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6972 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6973
6974 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6975 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6976 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6977 @end deffn
6978
6979 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6980 @cindex ARM9
6981
6982 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6983 integer processors.
6984 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6985
6986 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6987 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6988 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6989 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6990
6991 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6992 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6993 @cindex vector_catch
6994 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6995 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6996 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6997 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6998 to those hardware vectors.
6999
7000 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
7001 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
7002 vector catch hardware to intercept
7003 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
7004 @option{none} of them,
7005 or a list with one or more of the following:
7006 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
7007 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
7008 @end deffn
7009
7010 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
7011 @cindex ARM920T
7012
7013 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
7014 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7015 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
7016 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7017 and ARM9 commands.
7018
7019 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
7020 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
7021 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
7022 @end deffn
7023
7024 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
7025 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7026 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7027 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
7028 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
7029 (Not all registers can be written.)
7030 @end deffn
7031
7032 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
7033 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7034 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7035
7036 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
7037 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
7038 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
7039 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
7040 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
7041 or using zero if no other address is provided.
7042 @end deffn
7043
7044 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
7045 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
7046 @end deffn
7047
7048 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
7049 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
7050 @end deffn
7051
7052 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
7053 @cindex ARM926ej-s
7054
7055 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
7056 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
7057 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
7058 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7059 and ARM9 commands.
7060
7061 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
7062 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
7063
7064 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
7065 Print information about the caches found.
7066 @end deffn
7067
7068 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
7069 @cindex ARM966E
7070
7071 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
7072 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7073 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7074 and ARM9 commands.
7075
7076 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
7077 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7078 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7079 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
7080 ARM966E-S TRM.
7081 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
7082 as required for BIST support.
7083 @end deffn
7084
7085 @subsection XScale specific commands
7086 @cindex XScale
7087
7088 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
7089
7090 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
7091 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
7092 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
7093 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
7094 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
7095 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
7096 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
7097
7098 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
7099 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
7100 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
7101 the mini-IC.
7102
7103 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
7104 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
7105 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
7106 code layout in memory:
7107 @example
7108 _vectors:
7109 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7110 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7111 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7112 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7113 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7114 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7115 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7116 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7117 .org 0x100
7118 .long real_reset_vector
7119 .long real_ui_handler
7120 .long real_swi_handler
7121 .long real_pf_abort
7122 .long real_data_abort
7123 .long 0 /* unused */
7124 .long real_irq_handler
7125 .long real_fiq_handler
7126 @end example
7127
7128 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
7129 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
7130 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
7131 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
7132 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
7133 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
7134 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
7135 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
7136 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
7137 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
7138 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
7139 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
7140 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
7141 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
7142 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
7143 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
7144 software.
7145
7146 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
7147 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
7148 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
7149 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
7150
7151 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
7152 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
7153 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
7154 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
7155 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
7156 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
7157 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
7158 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
7159 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
7160
7161 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
7162 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7163
7164 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
7165 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
7166 @end deffn
7167
7168 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
7169 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
7170 @end deffn
7171
7172 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
7173 Displays information about the CPU caches.
7174 @end deffn
7175
7176 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
7177 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7178 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7179 @end deffn
7180
7181 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
7182 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
7183 @end deffn
7184
7185 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7186 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
7187 @end deffn
7188
7189 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
7190 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
7191 @end deffn
7192
7193 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7194 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
7195 @end deffn
7196
7197 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7198 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
7199 @end deffn
7200
7201 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
7202 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
7203 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
7204 and modifying how it is emptied.
7205 @end deffn
7206
7207 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
7208 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
7209 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
7210 The image @var{type} may be one of
7211 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
7212 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
7213 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
7214 @end deffn
7215
7216 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
7217 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
7218 @cindex vector_catch
7219 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
7220 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
7221
7222 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
7223 @example
7224 0x01 Trap Reset
7225 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
7226 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
7227 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
7228 0x10 Trap Data Abort
7229 0x20 reserved
7230 0x40 Trap IRQ
7231 0x80 Trap FIQ
7232 @end example
7233 @end deffn
7234
7235 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
7236 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
7237 @cindex vector_table
7238
7239 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
7240 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
7241 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
7242 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
7243 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
7244
7245 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
7246
7247 @end deffn
7248
7249 @section ARMv6 Architecture
7250 @cindex ARMv6
7251
7252 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
7253 @cindex ARM11
7254
7255 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7256 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
7257 which is enabled by default.
7258 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7259 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
7260 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
7261 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
7262 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
7263 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
7264 @end deffn
7265
7266 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7267 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
7268 which is enabled by default.
7269 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7270 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
7271 @end deffn
7272
7273 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7274 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
7275 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
7276 they are disabled by default.
7277 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
7278 @end deffn
7279
7280 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
7281 @cindex vector_catch
7282 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
7283 coprocessor 14 register 7.
7284 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7285
7286 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7287 for certain hardware events.
7288 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
7289 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
7290 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
7291 @end deffn
7292
7293 @section ARMv7 Architecture
7294 @cindex ARMv7
7295
7296 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
7297 @cindex Debug Access Port
7298 @cindex DAP
7299 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
7300 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
7301 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
7302
7303 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
7304 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
7305 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7306 @end deffn
7307
7308 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
7309 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
7310 @end deffn
7311
7312 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
7313 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
7314 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7315 @end deffn
7316
7317 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
7318 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
7319 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7320 @end deffn
7321
7322 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
7323 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
7324 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
7325 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7326 @end deffn
7327
7328 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
7329 @cindex Cortex-M3
7330
7331 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7332 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
7333
7334 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
7335 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
7336 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
7337 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
7338 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
7339 the step command leaves with the core running.
7340
7341 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
7342 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
7343 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
7344
7345 Default is @option{auto}.
7346 @end deffn
7347
7348 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7349 @cindex vector_catch
7350 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7351 for certain hardware events.
7352
7353 Parameters request interception of
7354 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
7355 @option{none} of them,
7356 or one or more of the following:
7357 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
7358 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
7359 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
7360 @option{irq_err},
7361 @option{state_err},
7362 @option{chk_err}, or
7363 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
7364 @option{reset}.
7365 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
7366 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
7367 are mapped to HardFault.
7368 UsageFault checks for
7369 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
7370 must also be explicitly enabled.
7371
7372 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
7373 @end deffn
7374
7375 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
7376 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
7377 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7378 @itemize @minus
7379 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7380 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
7381 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
7382 @end itemize
7383 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
7384 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
7385 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
7386 the peripherals.
7387 @xref{Target Events}.
7388 @end deffn
7389
7390 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
7391 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7392 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7393 @cindex tracing
7394 @cindex libdcc
7395 @cindex DCC
7396 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7397 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7398 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7399 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7400
7401 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7402 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
7403 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7404 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7405 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7406 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7407
7408 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7409 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7410 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7411 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7412 The target being debugged may
7413 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7414 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7415 each supported by a command:
7416
7417 @itemize
7418 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7419 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7420 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7421 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7422
7423 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7424 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7425 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7426
7427 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7428 and then displayed at any time.
7429 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7430
7431 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7432 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7433 @end itemize
7434
7435 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7436 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7437 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7438 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7439 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7440 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7441 does the same thing.
7442
7443 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7444 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7445 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7446 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7447 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7448
7449 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7450 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7451 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7452 @end deffn
7453
7454 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7455 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7456 in the order they triggered.
7457 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7458 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7459 history records.
7460 @end deffn
7461
7462 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7463 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7464 they have been triggered.
7465 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7466 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7467 and associates it with that identifier.
7468
7469 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7470 are not related except by this command.
7471 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7472 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7473 @end deffn
7474
7475
7476 @node JTAG Commands
7477 @chapter JTAG Commands
7478 @cindex JTAG Commands
7479 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7480 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7481 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7482 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7483 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7484
7485 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7486 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7487
7488 @itemize @bullet
7489 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7490 devices such as a CPUs.
7491 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7492 standard state machine (in parallel)
7493 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7494 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7495 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7496 while the reading previous ones.
7497 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7498 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7499 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7500 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7501 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7502 registers.
7503 @end itemize
7504
7505 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7506
7507 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7508 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7509 the order of TAP state transitions.
7510 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7511 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7512 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7513 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7514 these commands are not available.
7515
7516 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7517 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7518 that specify the entire register.
7519 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7520 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7521 The return value holds the original value of each
7522 of those fields.
7523
7524 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7525 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7526 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7527 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7528 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7529
7530 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7531 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7532
7533 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7534 in that state.
7535 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7536 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7537 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7538
7539 @quotation Warning
7540 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7541 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7542 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7543 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7544 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7545 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7546 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7547 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7548 @end quotation
7549 @end deffn
7550
7551 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7552 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7553 This may be used for performance tuning.
7554
7555 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7556 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7557 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7558 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7559 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7560 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7561 @end deffn
7562
7563 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7564 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7565 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7566 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7567 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7568 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7569
7570 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7571 in that state.
7572 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7573 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7574 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7575
7576 @quotation Note
7577 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7578 register values, unlike data register values.
7579 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7580 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7581 @end quotation
7582 @end deffn
7583
7584 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7585 Set values of reset signals.
7586 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7587 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7588 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7589 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7590 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7591 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7592 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7593
7594 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7595 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7596 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7597 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7598 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7599 instead of the TRST signal.
7600 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7601 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7602 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7603 with handlers for that event.
7604 @end deffn
7605
7606 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7607 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7608 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7609 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7610 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7611 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7612 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7613 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7614 The final state must also be stable.
7615 @end deffn
7616
7617 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7618 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7619 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7620 Instructions often need some time
7621 to execute before they take effect.
7622 @end deffn
7623
7624 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7625 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7626
7627 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7628 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7629 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7630 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7631 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7632 @end deffn
7633
7634 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7635 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7636 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7637 must also be enabled.
7638 Default is enabled.
7639 @end deffn
7640
7641 @section TAP state names
7642 @cindex TAP state names
7643
7644 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7645 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7646 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7647 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7648
7649 @itemize @bullet
7650 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7651 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7652 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7653 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7654 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7655 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7656 through the data register
7657 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7658 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7659 for update or more shifting
7660 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7661 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7662 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7663 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7664 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7665 through the instruction register
7666 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7667 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7668 for update or more shifting
7669 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7670 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7671 @end itemize
7672
7673 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7674 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7675 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7676 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7677
7678 @itemize @bullet
7679 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7680 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7681 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7682 may not be as expected.
7683 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7684 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7685 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7686 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7687 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7688 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7689 @end itemize
7690
7691 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7692 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7693
7694 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7695 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7696 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7697 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7698
7699 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7700 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7701 @cindex SVF
7702
7703 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7704 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7705 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7706 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7707
7708 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7709 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7710 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7711 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7712 each command is logged before it is executed.
7713 @end deffn
7714
7715 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7716 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7717 @cindex XSVF
7718
7719 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7720 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7721 Xilinx devices.
7722 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7723 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7724
7725 @quotation Important
7726 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7727 @end quotation
7728
7729 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7730 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7731 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7732 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7733 that TAP.
7734 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7735 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7736 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7737 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7738 @end deffn
7739
7740 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7741 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7742 after building the software.
7743 You may find them useful:
7744
7745 @itemize
7746 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7747 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7748 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7749 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7750 @end itemize
7751
7752 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7753 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7754 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7755 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7756 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7757 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7758 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7759
7760
7761 @node TFTP
7762 @chapter TFTP
7763 @cindex TFTP
7764 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7765 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7766
7767 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7768 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7769 server (tftpd). For example,
7770
7771 @example
7772 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7773 @end example
7774
7775 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7776 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7777
7778 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7779 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7780 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7781 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7782
7783 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7784 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7785 @cindex GDB
7786 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7787 to debug remote targets.
7788 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7789
7790 @itemize
7791 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7792 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7793 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7794 as shown in this chapter.
7795 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7796 that also will probably need to be configured.
7797 @end itemize
7798
7799 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7800 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7801 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7802 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7803 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7804 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7805
7806 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7807 @section Connecting to GDB
7808 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7809 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7810 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7811 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7812 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7813
7814 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7815
7816 @enumerate
7817 @item
7818 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7819 @example
7820 target remote localhost:3333
7821 @end example
7822 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7823
7824 It is also possible to use the GDB extended remote protocol as follows:
7825 @example
7826 target extended-remote localhost:3333
7827 @end example
7828 @item
7829 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7830 @example
7831 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7832 @end example
7833 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7834 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7835 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7836 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7837 @end enumerate
7838
7839 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7840 GDB command line.
7841
7842 @section Sample GDB session startup
7843
7844 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7845 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7846 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7847 small ARM program.
7848 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7849 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7850
7851 @example
7852 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7853 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7854 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7855 ...
7856 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7857 ...
7858 (gdb) load
7859 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7860 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7861 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7862 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7863 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7864 (gdb) continue
7865 Continuing.
7866 ...
7867 @end example
7868
7869 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7870 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7871 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7872 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7873
7874 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7875
7876 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7877 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7878 packet size and the device's memory map.
7879 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7880 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7881 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7882
7883 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7884 You may need to set those up by hand.
7885 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7886 something like:
7887
7888 @example
7889 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7890 @end example
7891
7892 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7893
7894 @example
7895 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7896 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7897 @end example
7898
7899 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7900 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7901 do not have such restrictions.
7902
7903 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7904 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7905 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7906
7907 @example
7908 define hook-step
7909 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7910 end
7911 define hookpost-step
7912 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7913 end
7914 @end example
7915
7916 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7917 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7918 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7919 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7920
7921 @section Programming using GDB
7922 @cindex Programming using GDB
7923 @anchor{Programming using GDB}
7924
7925 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7926 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7927 @example
7928 gdb_memory_map disable
7929 @end example
7930 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7931 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7932 working area.
7933
7934 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7935 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7936 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7937 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7938
7939 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7940 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7941
7942 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7943 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7944 @example
7945 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7946 @end example
7947
7948 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7949 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7950
7951 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7952 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7953 will be used.
7954
7955 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7956 script can be executed:
7957 @example
7958 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7959 @end example
7960
7961 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7962 can be used.
7963 @anchor{Using openocd SMP with GDB}
7964 @section Using openocd SMP with GDB
7965 @cindex SMP
7966 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
7967 @itemize @bullet
7968 @item j - smp status request
7969 @item J - smp set request
7970 @end itemize
7971
7972 OpenOCD implements :
7973 @itemize @bullet
7974 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
7975 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
7976 @option{E01} for target not smp.
7977 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
7978 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
7979 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
7980 @end itemize
7981
7982 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
7983 @itemize @bullet
7984 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
7985 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
7986 @example
7987 set $_core 1
7988 #Jc01 packet is sent
7989 print $_core
7990 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
7991 @end example
7992
7993 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2
7994 cpus in SMP with core id 0 and 1 @pxref{Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
7995
7996 @example
7997 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
7998 define toggle0
7999 maint packet Jc0
8000 continue
8001 main packet Jc-1
8002 end
8003 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
8004 define toggle1
8005 maint packet Jc1
8006 continue
8007 main packet Jc-1
8008 end
8009 @end example
8010 @end itemize
8011
8012
8013 @node Tcl Scripting API
8014 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
8015 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
8016 @cindex Tcl scripts
8017 @section API rules
8018
8019 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
8020 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
8021 information as an argument to each proc.
8022
8023 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
8024 pair list and lists.
8025
8026 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
8027 list.
8028
8029 @verbatim
8030
8031 > set foo(me) Duane
8032 > set foo(you) Oyvind
8033 > set foo(mouse) Micky
8034 > set foo(duck) Donald
8035
8036 If one does this:
8037
8038 > set foo
8039
8040 The result is:
8041
8042 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
8043
8044 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
8045
8046 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
8047 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
8048 }
8049 @end verbatim
8050
8051 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
8052 should be passed in to the proc in question.
8053
8054 @section Internal low-level Commands
8055
8056 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
8057
8058 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
8059 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
8060 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
8061
8062 @itemize @bullet
8063 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8064
8065 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
8066 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8067
8068 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
8069 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
8070
8071 Return information about the flash banks
8072 @end itemize
8073
8074 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
8075 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
8076 called "flash_banks".
8077
8078 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
8079
8080 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
8081 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
8082 holds one of the following values:
8083
8084 @itemize @bullet
8085 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
8086 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
8087 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
8088 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
8089 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
8090 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
8091 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
8092 @end itemize
8093
8094 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
8095
8096 @quotation Note
8097 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
8098 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
8099 @code{jim_platform} (because it
8100 is jim, not real tcl).
8101 @end quotation
8102
8103 @node FAQ
8104 @chapter FAQ
8105 @cindex faq
8106 @enumerate
8107 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
8108 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
8109 @cindex RTCK
8110 @cindex adaptive clocking
8111 @*
8112
8113 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
8114 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
8115 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
8116 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
8117
8118 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
8119 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
8120 for example. There are 2 basic options:
8121 @enumerate
8122 @item
8123 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
8124 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
8125 @item
8126 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
8127 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
8128 @end enumerate
8129
8130 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
8131 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
8132 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
8133 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
8134 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
8135 power).
8136
8137 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
8138 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
8139 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
8140 ARM926 scenario).
8141 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
8142 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
8143 JTAG can use a faster clock.
8144
8145 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
8146 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
8147 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
8148 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
8149
8150 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
8151
8152 In order to make use of this,
8153 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
8154 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
8155
8156 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
8157 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
8158 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
8159 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
8160 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
8161
8162 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
8163 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
8164 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
8165 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
8166
8167 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
8168 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
8169 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
8170 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
8171 with a CPLD.
8172 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
8173 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
8174 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
8175 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
8176 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
8177 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
8178
8179 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
8180
8181 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
8182
8183 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
8184 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
8185 depending on the chips on your board.
8186 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
8187 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
8188 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
8189
8190 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
8191 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
8192 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
8193
8194 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
8195 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
8196 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
8197 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
8198
8199 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
8200 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
8201 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
8202 this way.
8203
8204 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
8205 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
8206 clock rate.
8207 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
8208 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
8209 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
8210
8211 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
8212
8213 @example
8214 # Example: 1.234MHz
8215 adapter_khz 1234
8216 @end example
8217
8218
8219 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
8220
8221 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
8222 around Windows filenames.
8223
8224 @example
8225 > echo \a
8226
8227 > echo @{\a@}
8228 \a
8229 > echo "\a"
8230
8231 >
8232 @end example
8233
8234
8235 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
8236
8237 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
8238 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
8239 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
8240
8241 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
8242 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
8243 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
8244
8245 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
8246 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
8247 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
8248
8249 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
8250
8251 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
8252 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
8253 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
8254 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
8255
8256 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
8257 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
8258 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
8259
8260 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
8261 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
8262
8263 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
8264 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
8265 memory read caused data abort".
8266
8267 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
8268 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
8269 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
8270 be done, feel free to add this here.
8271
8272 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
8273 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
8274 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
8275 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
8276 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
8277 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
8278 gracefully stops.
8279
8280 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
8281 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
8282 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
8283
8284 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
8285 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
8286 bytes. Painful...
8287
8288
8289 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
8290 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
8291
8292 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
8293 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
8294 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
8295 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
8296 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
8297 reset, everything else should work fine.
8298
8299 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
8300 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
8301 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
8302 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
8303
8304 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
8305 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
8306 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
8307 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
8308
8309 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
8310
8311 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
8312 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
8313 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
8314 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8315
8316 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
8317 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
8318 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
8319 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
8320
8321 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
8322 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
8323 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8324
8325 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
8326 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
8327
8328 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
8329 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
8330 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
8331 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
8332 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
8333 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
8334 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
8335 clock frequency?
8336
8337 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
8338 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
8339 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
8340 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
8341 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
8342
8343 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
8344
8345 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
8346 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
8347 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
8348 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
8349 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
8350 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
8351 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
8352
8353 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
8354
8355 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
8356 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
8357 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
8358 up DRAM and loading it with code.
8359
8360 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
8361 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
8362 particular order?
8363
8364 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
8365 the same order used by the hardware.
8366
8367 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
8368 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
8369 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
8370 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
8371 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
8372 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
8373
8374 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
8375 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
8376 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
8377 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
8378
8379 @itemize @bullet
8380 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
8381 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
8382 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
8383 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
8384 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
8385 @end itemize
8386
8387 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
8388
8389 @itemize @bullet
8390 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
8391 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
8392 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
8393 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
8394 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
8395 @end itemize
8396
8397
8398 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8399 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8400 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8401
8402 TODO.
8403
8404 @end enumerate
8405
8406 @node Tcl Crash Course
8407 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8408 @cindex Tcl
8409
8410 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8411 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8412 how the Tcl scripts work.
8413
8414 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8415 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8416 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8417 OpenOCD.
8418
8419 @section Tcl Rule #1
8420 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8421 @enumerate
8422 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8423 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8424 @end enumerate
8425
8426 The Tcl equal is this:
8427
8428 @enumerate
8429 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8430 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8431 @end enumerate
8432
8433 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8434 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8435
8436 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8437 There is a second pair of rules.
8438 @enumerate
8439 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8440 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8441 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8442 in Tcl.
8443 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8444 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8445 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8446 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8447 @end enumerate
8448
8449 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8450 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8451 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8452 Everything is a string}
8453
8454 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8455 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8456 difference is subtle.
8457 @enumerate
8458 @item Parse Time
8459 @item Evaluation Time
8460 @end enumerate
8461
8462 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8463 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8464 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8465
8466 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8467 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8468 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8469 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8470
8471 @itemize @bullet
8472 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8473 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8474 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8475 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8476 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8477 @example
8478 # bash example
8479 X=`date`
8480 echo "The Date is: $X"
8481 # Tcl example
8482 set X [date]
8483 puts "The Date is: $X"
8484 @end example
8485 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8486 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8487 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8488 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8489 is a string}
8490 @example
8491 set x "Dinner"
8492 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8493 @end example
8494 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8495 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8496 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8497 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8498 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8499 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8500 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8501 @end itemize
8502
8503 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8504
8505 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8506
8507 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8508
8509 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8510 the normal way.
8511
8512 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8513 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8514 line is immedatly executed.
8515
8516 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8517 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8518
8519 @subsection Command Execution
8520
8521 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8522 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8523 control flow operators.
8524
8525 Commands are executed like this:
8526
8527 @enumerate
8528 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8529 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8530 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8531 @end enumerate
8532
8533 It sort of works like this:
8534 @example
8535 for(;;)@{
8536 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8537
8538 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8539
8540 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8541 @}
8542 @end example
8543
8544 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8545 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8546 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8547 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8548 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8549 ``LookupCommand()''
8550
8551 @subsection The FOR command
8552
8553 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8554 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8555 command just like any other command.
8556
8557 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8558 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8559 are:
8560
8561 @enumerate 0
8562 @item The ascii text 'for'
8563 @item The start text
8564 @item The test expression
8565 @item The next text
8566 @item The body text
8567 @end enumerate
8568
8569 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8570 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8571 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8572 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8573
8574 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8575 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8576
8577 @example
8578 int
8579 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8580 int *argc,
8581 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8582 @end example
8583
8584 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8585 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8586 still operates in the same basic way.
8587
8588 @subsection FOR command implementation
8589
8590 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8591 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8592
8593 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8594
8595 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8596
8597 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8598 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8599 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8600
8601 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8602 expression and returns a value.
8603
8604 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8605 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8606 @example
8607 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8608
8609 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8610
8611 int
8612 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8613 int argc,
8614 char **argv )
8615 @{
8616 if( argc != 5 )@{
8617 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8618 return ERROR;
8619 @}
8620
8621 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8622
8623 // Execute the start statement.
8624 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8625
8626 // Top of loop test
8627 for(;;)@{
8628 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8629 if( i == 0 )
8630 break;
8631
8632 // Execute the body
8633 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8634
8635 // Execute the LOOP part
8636 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8637 @}
8638
8639 // Return no error
8640 SetResult( interp, "" );
8641 return SUCCESS;
8642 @}
8643 @end example
8644
8645 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8646 in the same basic way.
8647
8648 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8649
8650 @subsection source and find commands
8651 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8652 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8653 @*Remember the parsing rules
8654 @enumerate
8655 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8656 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8657 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8658 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8659 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8660 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8661 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8662 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8663 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8664 @end enumerate
8665 @subsection format command
8666 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8667 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8668 @b{sprintf()}.
8669 @b{Example}
8670 @example
8671 set x 6
8672 set y 7
8673 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8674 @end example
8675 @enumerate
8676 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8677 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8678 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8679 @* Refer to Rule #1
8680 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8681 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8682 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8683 @end enumerate
8684 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8685 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8686 @example
8687 #1 Good
8688 proc someproc @{@} @{
8689 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8690 @}
8691 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8692 #2 Good - no variables
8693 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8694 #3 Good Curly Braces
8695 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8696 puts "Time: [date]"
8697 @}
8698 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8699 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8700 @end example
8701 @enumerate
8702 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8703 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8704 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8705 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8706 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8707 command.
8708 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8709 @*There are 4 examples:
8710 @enumerate
8711 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8712 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8713 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8714 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8715 @end enumerate
8716
8717 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8718 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8719 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8720
8721 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8722 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8723 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8724 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8725 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8726 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8727 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8728 @end enumerate
8729 @subsection Global Variables
8730 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8731 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8732 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8733 @example
8734 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8735 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8736 global x #Global variable X
8737 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8738 @}
8739 @end example
8740 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8741 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8742 @example
8743 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8744 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8745 # Create var name
8746 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8747 # Make it a global
8748 global $vn
8749 # Set it.
8750 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8751 @}
8752 @end example
8753 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8754 @example
8755 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8756 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8757 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8758 @}
8759 @end example
8760
8761 @include fdl.texi
8762
8763 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8764 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8765 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8766 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8767 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8768 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8769
8770 @printindex cp
8771
8772 @node Command and Driver Index
8773 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8774 @printindex fn
8775
8776 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)